diff options
| author | Liming Gao <liming.gao@intel.com> | 2018-06-27 21:11:33 +0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Liming Gao <liming.gao@intel.com> | 2018-06-28 11:19:47 +0800 |
| commit | 9095d37b8fe5bfc3d02adad6ba7fd7359ebc0107 (patch) | |
| tree | 15a2cb1a7907a9114ee79130699ce7d324c942ea /MdePkg/Include/Library | |
| parent | d1102dba7210b95e41d06c2338a22ba6af248645 (diff) | |
| download | edk2-9095d37b8fe5bfc3d02adad6ba7fd7359ebc0107.tar.gz edk2-9095d37b8fe5bfc3d02adad6ba7fd7359ebc0107.tar.bz2 edk2-9095d37b8fe5bfc3d02adad6ba7fd7359ebc0107.zip | |
MdePkg: Clean up source files
1. Do not use tab characters
2. No trailing white space in one line
3. All files must end with CRLF
Contributed-under: TianoCore Contribution Agreement 1.1
Signed-off-by: Liming Gao <liming.gao@intel.com>
Diffstat (limited to 'MdePkg/Include/Library')
53 files changed, 1899 insertions, 1899 deletions
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/BaseLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/BaseLib.h index eb2899f852..1db3a0475d 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/BaseLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/BaseLib.h @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Provides string functions, linked list functions, math functions, synchronization
functions, file path functions, and CPU architecture-specific functions.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ StrnSizeS ( @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER If Destination is NULL.
If Source is NULL.
If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero,
- and DestMax is greater than
+ and DestMax is greater than
PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength.
If DestMax is 0.
@retval RETURN_ACCESS_DENIED If Source and Destination overlap.
@@ -290,12 +290,12 @@ StrCpyS ( @param Length The maximum number of Unicode characters to copy.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS String is copied.
- @retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL If DestMax is NOT greater than
+ @retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL If DestMax is NOT greater than
MIN(StrLen(Source), Length).
@retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER If Destination is NULL.
If Source is NULL.
If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero,
- and DestMax is greater than
+ and DestMax is greater than
PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength.
If DestMax is 0.
@retval RETURN_ACCESS_DENIED If Source and Destination overlap.
@@ -327,14 +327,14 @@ StrnCpyS ( @param Source A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS String is appended.
- @retval RETURN_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE If DestMax is NOT greater than
+ @retval RETURN_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE If DestMax is NOT greater than
StrLen(Destination).
@retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL If (DestMax - StrLen(Destination)) is NOT
greater than StrLen(Source).
@retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER If Destination is NULL.
If Source is NULL.
If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero,
- and DestMax is greater than
+ and DestMax is greater than
PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength.
If DestMax is 0.
@retval RETURN_ACCESS_DENIED If Source and Destination overlap.
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ StrCatS ( @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER If Destination is NULL.
If Source is NULL.
If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero,
- and DestMax is greater than
+ and DestMax is greater than
PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength.
If DestMax is 0.
@retval RETURN_ACCESS_DENIED If Source and Destination overlap.
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ AsciiStrnSizeS ( @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER If Destination is NULL.
If Source is NULL.
If PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength is not zero,
- and DestMax is greater than
+ and DestMax is greater than
PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength.
If DestMax is 0.
@retval RETURN_ACCESS_DENIED If Source and Destination overlap.
@@ -721,12 +721,12 @@ AsciiStrCpyS ( @param Length The maximum number of Ascii characters to copy.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS String is copied.
- @retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL If DestMax is NOT greater than
+ @retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL If DestMax is NOT greater than
MIN(StrLen(Source), Length).
@retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER If Destination is NULL.
If Source is NULL.
If PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength is not zero,
- and DestMax is greater than
+ and DestMax is greater than
PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength.
If DestMax is 0.
@retval RETURN_ACCESS_DENIED If Source and Destination overlap.
@@ -756,14 +756,14 @@ AsciiStrnCpyS ( @param Source A pointer to a Null-terminated Ascii string.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS String is appended.
- @retval RETURN_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE If DestMax is NOT greater than
+ @retval RETURN_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE If DestMax is NOT greater than
StrLen(Destination).
@retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL If (DestMax - StrLen(Destination)) is NOT
greater than StrLen(Source).
@retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER If Destination is NULL.
If Source is NULL.
If PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength is not zero,
- and DestMax is greater than
+ and DestMax is greater than
PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength.
If DestMax is 0.
@retval RETURN_ACCESS_DENIED If Source and Destination overlap.
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ AsciiStrCatS ( @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER If Destination is NULL.
If Source is NULL.
If PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength is not zero,
- and DestMax is greater than
+ and DestMax is greater than
PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength.
If DestMax is 0.
@retval RETURN_ACCESS_DENIED If Source and Destination overlap.
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ StrCpy ( /**
[ATTENTION] This function is deprecated for security reason.
- Copies up to a specified length from one Null-terminated Unicode string to
+ Copies up to a specified length from one Null-terminated Unicode string to
another Null-terminated Unicode string and returns the new Unicode string.
This function copies the contents of the Unicode string Source to the Unicode
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ StrCpy ( If Length > 0 and Source is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Length > 0 and Source is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If Source and Destination overlap, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and Length is greater than
+ If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and Length is greater than
PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength, then ASSERT().
If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and Source contains more than
PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the Null-terminator,
@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ StrLen ( Returns the size of a Null-terminated Unicode string in bytes, including the
Null terminator.
- This function returns the size, in bytes, of the Null-terminated Unicode string
+ This function returns the size, in bytes, of the Null-terminated Unicode string
specified by String.
If String is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ StrCmp ( /**
Compares up to a specified length the contents of two Null-terminated Unicode strings,
and returns the difference between the first mismatched Unicode characters.
-
+
This function compares the Null-terminated Unicode string FirstString to the
Null-terminated Unicode string SecondString. At most, Length Unicode
characters will be compared. If Length is 0, then 0 is returned. If
@@ -1294,8 +1294,8 @@ StrCat ( /**
[ATTENTION] This function is deprecated for security reason.
- Concatenates up to a specified length one Null-terminated Unicode to the end
- of another Null-terminated Unicode string, and returns the concatenated
+ Concatenates up to a specified length one Null-terminated Unicode to the end
+ of another Null-terminated Unicode string, and returns the concatenated
Unicode string.
This function concatenates two Null-terminated Unicode strings. The contents
@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ StrCat ( If Length > 0 and Source is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Length > 0 and Source is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If Source and Destination overlap, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and Length is greater than
+ If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and Length is greater than
PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength, then ASSERT().
If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and Destination contains more
than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the
@@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ EFIAPI StrDecimalToUint64 (
IN CONST CHAR16 *String
);
-
+
/**
Convert a Null-terminated Unicode hexadecimal string to a value of type UINTN.
@@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ StrDecimalToUint64 ( The function will ignore the pad space, which includes spaces or tab characters,
before [zeros], [x] or [hexadecimal digit]. The running zero before [x] or
[hexadecimal digit] will be ignored. Then, the decoding starts after [x] or the
- first valid hexadecimal digit. Then, the function stops at the first character
+ first valid hexadecimal digit. Then, the function stops at the first character
that is a not a valid hexadecimal character or NULL, whichever one comes first.
If String is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -1952,7 +1952,7 @@ AsciiStrCpy ( /**
[ATTENTION] This function is deprecated for security reason.
- Copies up to a specified length one Null-terminated ASCII string to another
+ Copies up to a specified length one Null-terminated ASCII string to another
Null-terminated ASCII string and returns the new ASCII string.
This function copies the contents of the ASCII string Source to the ASCII
@@ -1965,7 +1965,7 @@ AsciiStrCpy ( If Destination is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Source is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Source and Destination overlap, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength is not zero, and Length is greater than
+ If PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength is not zero, and Length is greater than
PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength, then ASSERT().
If PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength is not zero, and Source contains more than
PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength ASCII characters, not including the Null-terminator,
@@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ AsciiStriCmp ( If Length > 0 and FirstString is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Length > 0 and SecondString is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength is not zero, and Length is greater than
+ If PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength is not zero, and Length is greater than
PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength, then ASSERT().
If PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength is not zero, and FirstString contains more than
PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength ASCII characters, not including the Null-terminator,
@@ -2131,7 +2131,7 @@ AsciiStriCmp ( @param FirstString The pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string.
@param SecondString The pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string.
@param Length The maximum number of ASCII characters for compare.
-
+
@retval ==0 FirstString is identical to SecondString.
@retval !=0 FirstString is not identical to SecondString.
@@ -2187,8 +2187,8 @@ AsciiStrCat ( /**
[ATTENTION] This function is deprecated for security reason.
- Concatenates up to a specified length one Null-terminated ASCII string to
- the end of another Null-terminated ASCII string, and returns the
+ Concatenates up to a specified length one Null-terminated ASCII string to
+ the end of another Null-terminated ASCII string, and returns the
concatenated ASCII string.
This function concatenates two Null-terminated ASCII strings. The contents
@@ -2957,7 +2957,7 @@ InsertHeadList ( If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Entry is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If ListHead was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
+ If ListHead was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
If PcdMaximumLinkedListLength is not zero, and prior to insertion the number
of nodes in ListHead, including the ListHead node, is greater than or
@@ -2981,12 +2981,12 @@ InsertTailList ( /**
Retrieves the first node of a doubly linked list.
- Returns the first node of a doubly linked list. List must have been
+ Returns the first node of a doubly linked list. List must have been
initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead().
If List is empty, then List is returned.
If List is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
+ If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
If PcdMaximumLinkedListLength is not zero, and the number of nodes
in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to
@@ -3008,13 +3008,13 @@ GetFirstNode ( /**
Retrieves the next node of a doubly linked list.
- Returns the node of a doubly linked list that follows Node.
+ Returns the node of a doubly linked list that follows Node.
List must have been initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE()
or InitializeListHead(). If List is empty, then List is returned.
If List is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
+ If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
If PcdMaximumLinkedListLength is not zero, and List contains more than
PcdMaximumLinkedListLength nodes, then ASSERT().
@@ -3033,27 +3033,27 @@ GetNextNode ( IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *Node
);
-
+
/**
Retrieves the previous node of a doubly linked list.
-
- Returns the node of a doubly linked list that precedes Node.
+
+ Returns the node of a doubly linked list that precedes Node.
List must have been initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE()
or InitializeListHead(). If List is empty, then List is returned.
-
+
If List is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
+ If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
If PcdMaximumLinkedListLength is not zero, and List contains more than
PcdMaximumLinkedListLength nodes, then ASSERT().
If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param List A pointer to the head node of a doubly linked list.
@param Node A pointer to a node in the doubly linked list.
-
+
@return The pointer to the previous node if one exists. Otherwise List is returned.
-
+
**/
LIST_ENTRY *
EFIAPI
@@ -3062,7 +3062,7 @@ GetPreviousNode ( IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *Node
);
-
+
/**
Checks to see if a doubly linked list is empty or not.
@@ -3070,7 +3070,7 @@ GetPreviousNode ( zero nodes, this function returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE.
If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If ListHead was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
+ If ListHead was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
If PcdMaximumLinkedListLength is not zero, and the number of nodes
in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to
@@ -3100,12 +3100,12 @@ IsListEmpty ( If List is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead(),
+ If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead(),
then ASSERT().
If PcdMaximumLinkedListLength is not zero, and the number of nodes
in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to
PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().
- If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List the and Node is not equal
+ If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List the and Node is not equal
to List, then ASSERT().
@param List A pointer to the head node of a doubly linked list.
@@ -3162,12 +3162,12 @@ IsNodeAtEnd ( Otherwise, the location of the FirstEntry node is swapped with the location
of the SecondEntry node in a doubly linked list. SecondEntry must be in the
same double linked list as FirstEntry and that double linked list must have
- been initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead().
+ been initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead().
SecondEntry is returned after the nodes are swapped.
If FirstEntry is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SecondEntry is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and SecondEntry and FirstEntry are not in the
+ If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and SecondEntry and FirstEntry are not in the
same linked list, then ASSERT().
If PcdMaximumLinkedListLength is not zero, and the number of nodes in the
linked list containing the FirstEntry and SecondEntry nodes, including
@@ -3176,7 +3176,7 @@ IsNodeAtEnd ( @param FirstEntry A pointer to a node in a linked list.
@param SecondEntry A pointer to another node in the same linked list.
-
+
@return SecondEntry.
**/
@@ -3744,7 +3744,7 @@ DivU64x64Remainder ( function returns the 64-bit signed quotient.
It is the caller's responsibility to not call this function with a Divisor of 0.
- If Divisor is 0, then the quotient and remainder should be assumed to be
+ If Divisor is 0, then the quotient and remainder should be assumed to be
the largest negative integer.
If Divisor is 0, then ASSERT().
@@ -4076,7 +4076,7 @@ BitFieldAnd8 ( bitwise OR, and returns the result.
Performs a bitwise AND between the bit field specified by StartBit and EndBit
- in Operand and the value specified by AndData, followed by a bitwise
+ in Operand and the value specified by AndData, followed by a bitwise
OR with value specified by OrData. All other bits in Operand are
preserved. The new 8-bit value is returned.
@@ -4243,7 +4243,7 @@ BitFieldAnd16 ( bitwise OR, and returns the result.
Performs a bitwise AND between the bit field specified by StartBit and EndBit
- in Operand and the value specified by AndData, followed by a bitwise
+ in Operand and the value specified by AndData, followed by a bitwise
OR with value specified by OrData. All other bits in Operand are
preserved. The new 16-bit value is returned.
@@ -4410,7 +4410,7 @@ BitFieldAnd32 ( bitwise OR, and returns the result.
Performs a bitwise AND between the bit field specified by StartBit and EndBit
- in Operand and the value specified by AndData, followed by a bitwise
+ in Operand and the value specified by AndData, followed by a bitwise
OR with value specified by OrData. All other bits in Operand are
preserved. The new 32-bit value is returned.
@@ -4577,7 +4577,7 @@ BitFieldAnd64 ( bitwise OR, and returns the result.
Performs a bitwise AND between the bit field specified by StartBit and EndBit
- in Operand and the value specified by AndData, followed by a bitwise
+ in Operand and the value specified by AndData, followed by a bitwise
OR with value specified by OrData. All other bits in Operand are
preserved. The new 64-bit value is returned.
@@ -4892,11 +4892,11 @@ MemoryFence ( If JumpBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
For Itanium processors, if JumpBuffer is not aligned on a 16-byte boundary, then ASSERT().
-
+
NOTE: The structure BASE_LIBRARY_JUMP_BUFFER is CPU architecture specific.
The same structure must never be used for more than one CPU architecture context.
- For example, a BASE_LIBRARY_JUMP_BUFFER allocated by an IA-32 module must never be used from an x64 module.
- SetJump()/LongJump() is not currently supported for the EBC processor type.
+ For example, a BASE_LIBRARY_JUMP_BUFFER allocated by an IA-32 module must never be used from an x64 module.
+ SetJump()/LongJump() is not currently supported for the EBC processor type.
@param JumpBuffer A pointer to CPU context buffer.
@@ -5058,9 +5058,9 @@ CpuPause ( function.
@param NewStack A pointer to the new stack to use for the EntryPoint
function.
- @param ... This variable argument list is ignored for IA-32, x64, and
- EBC architectures. For Itanium processors, this variable
- argument list is expected to contain a single parameter of
+ @param ... This variable argument list is ignored for IA-32, x64, and
+ EBC architectures. For Itanium processors, this variable
+ argument list is expected to contain a single parameter of
type VOID * that specifies the new backing store pointer.
@@ -5104,19 +5104,19 @@ EFIAPI CpuDeadLoop (
VOID
);
-
+
#if defined (MDE_CPU_IPF)
/**
Flush a range of cache lines in the cache coherency domain of the calling
CPU.
- Flushes the cache lines specified by Address and Length. If Address is not aligned
- on a cache line boundary, then entire cache line containing Address is flushed.
- If Address + Length is not aligned on a cache line boundary, then the entire cache
- line containing Address + Length - 1 is flushed. This function may choose to flush
- the entire cache if that is more efficient than flushing the specified range. If
- Length is 0, the no cache lines are flushed. Address is returned.
+ Flushes the cache lines specified by Address and Length. If Address is not aligned
+ on a cache line boundary, then entire cache line containing Address is flushed.
+ If Address + Length is not aligned on a cache line boundary, then the entire cache
+ line containing Address + Length - 1 is flushed. This function may choose to flush
+ the entire cache if that is more efficient than flushing the specified range. If
+ Length is 0, the no cache lines are flushed. Address is returned.
This function is only available on Itanium processors.
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Address + 1), then ASSERT().
@@ -5177,8 +5177,8 @@ AsmFci ( /**
Reads the current value of a Processor Identifier Register (CPUID).
-
- Reads and returns the current value of Processor Identifier Register specified by Index.
+
+ Reads and returns the current value of Processor Identifier Register specified by Index.
The Index of largest implemented CPUID (One less than the number of implemented CPUID
registers) is determined by CPUID [3] bits {7:0}.
No parameter checking is performed on Index. If the Index value is beyond the
@@ -5234,8 +5234,8 @@ AsmWritePsr ( /**
Reads the current value of 64-bit Kernel Register #0 (KR0).
-
- Reads and returns the current value of KR0.
+
+ Reads and returns the current value of KR0.
This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of KR0.
@@ -5251,7 +5251,7 @@ AsmReadKr0 ( /**
Reads the current value of 64-bit Kernel Register #1 (KR1).
- Reads and returns the current value of KR1.
+ Reads and returns the current value of KR1.
This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of KR1.
@@ -5267,7 +5267,7 @@ AsmReadKr1 ( /**
Reads the current value of 64-bit Kernel Register #2 (KR2).
- Reads and returns the current value of KR2.
+ Reads and returns the current value of KR2.
This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of KR2.
@@ -5283,7 +5283,7 @@ AsmReadKr2 ( /**
Reads the current value of 64-bit Kernel Register #3 (KR3).
- Reads and returns the current value of KR3.
+ Reads and returns the current value of KR3.
This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of KR3.
@@ -5299,9 +5299,9 @@ AsmReadKr3 ( /**
Reads the current value of 64-bit Kernel Register #4 (KR4).
- Reads and returns the current value of KR4.
+ Reads and returns the current value of KR4.
This function is only available on Itanium processors.
-
+
@return The current value of KR4.
**/
@@ -5315,7 +5315,7 @@ AsmReadKr4 ( /**
Reads the current value of 64-bit Kernel Register #5 (KR5).
- Reads and returns the current value of KR5.
+ Reads and returns the current value of KR5.
This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of KR5.
@@ -5331,7 +5331,7 @@ AsmReadKr5 ( /**
Reads the current value of 64-bit Kernel Register #6 (KR6).
- Reads and returns the current value of KR6.
+ Reads and returns the current value of KR6.
This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of KR6.
@@ -5347,7 +5347,7 @@ AsmReadKr6 ( /**
Reads the current value of 64-bit Kernel Register #7 (KR7).
- Reads and returns the current value of KR7.
+ Reads and returns the current value of KR7.
This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of KR7.
@@ -5362,8 +5362,8 @@ AsmReadKr7 ( /**
Write the current value of 64-bit Kernel Register #0 (KR0).
-
- Writes the current value of KR0. The 64-bit value written to
+
+ Writes the current value of KR0. The 64-bit value written to
the KR0 is returned. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@param Value The 64-bit value to write to KR0.
@@ -5381,7 +5381,7 @@ AsmWriteKr0 ( /**
Write the current value of 64-bit Kernel Register #1 (KR1).
- Writes the current value of KR1. The 64-bit value written to
+ Writes the current value of KR1. The 64-bit value written to
the KR1 is returned. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@param Value The 64-bit value to write to KR1.
@@ -5399,7 +5399,7 @@ AsmWriteKr1 ( /**
Write the current value of 64-bit Kernel Register #2 (KR2).
- Writes the current value of KR2. The 64-bit value written to
+ Writes the current value of KR2. The 64-bit value written to
the KR2 is returned. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@param Value The 64-bit value to write to KR2.
@@ -5417,7 +5417,7 @@ AsmWriteKr2 ( /**
Write the current value of 64-bit Kernel Register #3 (KR3).
- Writes the current value of KR3. The 64-bit value written to
+ Writes the current value of KR3. The 64-bit value written to
the KR3 is returned. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@param Value The 64-bit value to write to KR3.
@@ -5435,7 +5435,7 @@ AsmWriteKr3 ( /**
Write the current value of 64-bit Kernel Register #4 (KR4).
- Writes the current value of KR4. The 64-bit value written to
+ Writes the current value of KR4. The 64-bit value written to
the KR4 is returned. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@param Value The 64-bit value to write to KR4.
@@ -5453,7 +5453,7 @@ AsmWriteKr4 ( /**
Write the current value of 64-bit Kernel Register #5 (KR5).
- Writes the current value of KR5. The 64-bit value written to
+ Writes the current value of KR5. The 64-bit value written to
the KR5 is returned. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@param Value The 64-bit value to write to KR5.
@@ -5471,7 +5471,7 @@ AsmWriteKr5 ( /**
Write the current value of 64-bit Kernel Register #6 (KR6).
- Writes the current value of KR6. The 64-bit value written to
+ Writes the current value of KR6. The 64-bit value written to
the KR6 is returned. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@param Value The 64-bit value to write to KR6.
@@ -5489,7 +5489,7 @@ AsmWriteKr6 ( /**
Write the current value of 64-bit Kernel Register #7 (KR7).
- Writes the current value of KR7. The 64-bit value written to
+ Writes the current value of KR7. The 64-bit value written to
the KR7 is returned. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@param Value The 64-bit value to write to KR7.
@@ -5506,7 +5506,7 @@ AsmWriteKr7 ( /**
Reads the current value of Interval Timer Counter Register (ITC).
-
+
Reads and returns the current value of ITC.
This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@@ -5522,8 +5522,8 @@ AsmReadItc ( /**
Reads the current value of Interval Timer Vector Register (ITV).
-
- Reads and returns the current value of ITV.
+
+ Reads and returns the current value of ITV.
This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of ITV.
@@ -5538,7 +5538,7 @@ AsmReadItv ( /**
Reads the current value of Interval Timer Match Register (ITM).
-
+
Reads and returns the current value of ITM.
This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@@ -5553,8 +5553,8 @@ AsmReadItm ( /**
Writes the current value of 64-bit Interval Timer Counter Register (ITC).
-
- Writes the current value of ITC. The 64-bit value written to the ITC is returned.
+
+ Writes the current value of ITC. The 64-bit value written to the ITC is returned.
This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@param Value The 64-bit value to write to ITC.
@@ -5571,8 +5571,8 @@ AsmWriteItc ( /**
Writes the current value of 64-bit Interval Timer Match Register (ITM).
-
- Writes the current value of ITM. The 64-bit value written to the ITM is returned.
+
+ Writes the current value of ITM. The 64-bit value written to the ITM is returned.
This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@param Value The 64-bit value to write to ITM.
@@ -5589,8 +5589,8 @@ AsmWriteItm ( /**
Writes the current value of 64-bit Interval Timer Vector Register (ITV).
-
- Writes the current value of ITV. The 64-bit value written to the ITV is returned.
+
+ Writes the current value of ITV. The 64-bit value written to the ITV is returned.
No parameter checking is performed on Value. All bits of Value corresponding to
reserved fields of ITV must be 0 or a Reserved Register/Field fault may occur.
The caller must either guarantee that Value is valid, or the caller must set up
@@ -5611,7 +5611,7 @@ AsmWriteItv ( /**
Reads the current value of Default Control Register (DCR).
-
+
Reads and returns the current value of DCR. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of DCR.
@@ -5626,7 +5626,7 @@ AsmReadDcr ( /**
Reads the current value of Interruption Vector Address Register (IVA).
-
+
Reads and returns the current value of IVA. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of IVA.
@@ -5640,7 +5640,7 @@ AsmReadIva ( /**
Reads the current value of Page Table Address Register (PTA).
-
+
Reads and returns the current value of PTA. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of PTA.
@@ -5655,8 +5655,8 @@ AsmReadPta ( /**
Writes the current value of 64-bit Default Control Register (DCR).
-
- Writes the current value of DCR. The 64-bit value written to the DCR is returned.
+
+ Writes the current value of DCR. The 64-bit value written to the DCR is returned.
No parameter checking is performed on Value. All bits of Value corresponding to
reserved fields of DCR must be 0 or a Reserved Register/Field fault may occur.
The caller must either guarantee that Value is valid, or the caller must set up
@@ -5677,8 +5677,8 @@ AsmWriteDcr ( /**
Writes the current value of 64-bit Interruption Vector Address Register (IVA).
-
- Writes the current value of IVA. The 64-bit value written to the IVA is returned.
+
+ Writes the current value of IVA. The 64-bit value written to the IVA is returned.
The size of vector table is 32 K bytes and is 32 K bytes aligned
the low 15 bits of Value is ignored when written.
This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@@ -5697,8 +5697,8 @@ AsmWriteIva ( /**
Writes the current value of 64-bit Page Table Address Register (PTA).
-
- Writes the current value of PTA. The 64-bit value written to the PTA is returned.
+
+ Writes the current value of PTA. The 64-bit value written to the PTA is returned.
No parameter checking is performed on Value. All bits of Value corresponding to
reserved fields of DCR must be 0 or a Reserved Register/Field fault may occur.
The caller must either guarantee that Value is valid, or the caller must set up
@@ -5718,7 +5718,7 @@ AsmWritePta ( /**
Reads the current value of Local Interrupt ID Register (LID).
-
+
Reads and returns the current value of LID. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of LID.
@@ -5733,8 +5733,8 @@ AsmReadLid ( /**
Reads the current value of External Interrupt Vector Register (IVR).
-
- Reads and returns the current value of IVR. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
+
+ Reads and returns the current value of IVR. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of IVR.
@@ -5748,8 +5748,8 @@ AsmReadIvr ( /**
Reads the current value of Task Priority Register (TPR).
-
- Reads and returns the current value of TPR. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
+
+ Reads and returns the current value of TPR. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of TPR.
@@ -5763,8 +5763,8 @@ AsmReadTpr ( /**
Reads the current value of External Interrupt Request Register #0 (IRR0).
-
- Reads and returns the current value of IRR0. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
+
+ Reads and returns the current value of IRR0. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of IRR0.
@@ -5778,8 +5778,8 @@ AsmReadIrr0 ( /**
Reads the current value of External Interrupt Request Register #1 (IRR1).
-
- Reads and returns the current value of IRR1. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
+
+ Reads and returns the current value of IRR1. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of IRR1.
@@ -5793,7 +5793,7 @@ AsmReadIrr1 ( /**
Reads the current value of External Interrupt Request Register #2 (IRR2).
-
+
Reads and returns the current value of IRR2. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of IRR2.
@@ -5808,8 +5808,8 @@ AsmReadIrr2 ( /**
Reads the current value of External Interrupt Request Register #3 (IRR3).
-
- Reads and returns the current value of IRR3. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
+
+ Reads and returns the current value of IRR3. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of IRR3.
@@ -5823,8 +5823,8 @@ AsmReadIrr3 ( /**
Reads the current value of Performance Monitor Vector Register (PMV).
-
- Reads and returns the current value of PMV. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
+
+ Reads and returns the current value of PMV. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of PMV.
@@ -5838,7 +5838,7 @@ AsmReadPmv ( /**
Reads the current value of Corrected Machine Check Vector Register (CMCV).
-
+
Reads and returns the current value of CMCV. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of CMCV.
@@ -5853,8 +5853,8 @@ AsmReadCmcv ( /**
Reads the current value of Local Redirection Register #0 (LRR0).
-
- Reads and returns the current value of LRR0. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
+
+ Reads and returns the current value of LRR0. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of LRR0.
@@ -5868,7 +5868,7 @@ AsmReadLrr0 ( /**
Reads the current value of Local Redirection Register #1 (LRR1).
-
+
Reads and returns the current value of LRR1. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
@return The current value of LRR1.
@@ -5883,8 +5883,8 @@ AsmReadLrr1 ( /**
Writes the current value of 64-bit Page Local Interrupt ID Register (LID).
-
- Writes the current value of LID. The 64-bit value written to the LID is returned.
+
+ Writes the current value of LID. The 64-bit value written to the LID is returned.
No parameter checking is performed on Value. All bits of Value corresponding to
reserved fields of LID must be 0 or a Reserved Register/Field fault may occur.
The caller must either guarantee that Value is valid, or the caller must set up
@@ -5905,8 +5905,8 @@ AsmWriteLid ( /**
Writes the current value of 64-bit Task Priority Register (TPR).
-
- Writes the current value of TPR. The 64-bit value written to the TPR is returned.
+
+ Writes the current value of TPR. The 64-bit value written to the TPR is returned.
No parameter checking is performed on Value. All bits of Value corresponding to
reserved fields of TPR must be 0 or a Reserved Register/Field fault may occur.
The caller must either guarantee that Value is valid, or the caller must set up
@@ -5927,7 +5927,7 @@ AsmWriteTpr ( /**
Performs a write operation on End OF External Interrupt Register (EOI).
-
+
Writes a value of 0 to the EOI Register. This function is only available on Itanium processors.
**/
@@ -5940,8 +5940,8 @@ AsmWriteEoi ( /**
Writes the current value of 64-bit Performance Monitor Vector Register (PMV).
-
- Writes the current value of PMV. The 64-bit value written to the PMV is returned.
+
+ Writes the current value of PMV. The 64-bit value written to the PMV is returned.
No parameter checking is performed on Value. All bits of Value corresponding
to reserved fields of PMV must be 0 or a Reserved Register/Field fault may occur.
The caller must either guarantee that Value is valid, or the caller must set up
@@ -5962,8 +5962,8 @@ AsmWritePmv ( /**
Writes the current value of 64-bit Corrected Machine Check Vector Register (CMCV).
-
- Writes the current value of CMCV. The 64-bit value written to the CMCV is returned.
+
+ Writes the current value of CMCV. The 64-bit value written to the CMCV is returned.
No parameter checking is performed on Value. All bits of Value corresponding
to reserved fields of CMCV must be 0 or a Reserved Register/Field fault may occur.
The caller must either guarantee that Value is valid, or the caller must set up
@@ -5984,8 +5984,8 @@ AsmWriteCmcv ( /**
Writes the current value of 64-bit Local Redirection Register #0 (LRR0).
-
- Writes the current value of LRR0. The 64-bit value written to the LRR0 is returned.
+
+ Writes the current value of LRR0. The 64-bit value written to the LRR0 is returned.
No parameter checking is performed on Value. All bits of Value corresponding
to reserved fields of LRR0 must be 0 or a Reserved Register/Field fault may occur.
The caller must either guarantee that Value is valid, or the caller must set up
@@ -6006,8 +6006,8 @@ AsmWriteLrr0 ( /**
Writes the current value of 64-bit Local Redirection Register #1 (LRR1).
-
- Writes the current value of LRR1. The 64-bit value written to the LRR1 is returned.
+
+ Writes the current value of LRR1. The 64-bit value written to the LRR1 is returned.
No parameter checking is performed on Value. All bits of Value corresponding
to reserved fields of LRR1 must be 0 or a Reserved Register/Field fault may occur.
The caller must either guarantee that Value is valid, or the caller must
@@ -6028,7 +6028,7 @@ AsmWriteLrr1 ( /**
Reads the current value of Instruction Breakpoint Register (IBR).
-
+
The Instruction Breakpoint Registers are used in pairs. The even numbered
registers contain breakpoint addresses, and the odd numbered registers contain
breakpoint mask conditions. At least four instruction registers pairs are implemented
@@ -6321,9 +6321,9 @@ AsmReadSp ( /**
Reads a 64-bit control register.
- Reads and returns the control register specified by Index. The valid Index valued
+ Reads and returns the control register specified by Index. The valid Index valued
are defined above in "Related Definitions".
- If Index is invalid then 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF is returned. This function is only
+ If Index is invalid then 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF is returned. This function is only
available on Itanium processors.
@param Index The index of the control register to read.
@@ -6372,9 +6372,9 @@ AsmReadControlRegister ( /**
Reads a 64-bit application register.
- Reads and returns the application register specified by Index. The valid Index
+ Reads and returns the application register specified by Index. The valid Index
valued are defined above in "Related Definitions".
- If Index is invalid then 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF is returned. This function is only
+ If Index is invalid then 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF is returned. This function is only
available on Itanium processors.
@param Index The index of the application register to read.
@@ -6400,13 +6400,13 @@ AsmReadApplicationRegister ( @param Index The 8-bit Machine Specific Register index to read.
- @return The current value of the Machine Specific Register specified by Index.
+ @return The current value of the Machine Specific Register specified by Index.
**/
UINT64
EFIAPI
AsmReadMsr (
- IN UINT8 Index
+ IN UINT8 Index
);
@@ -6422,14 +6422,14 @@ AsmReadMsr ( @param Index The 8-bit Machine Specific Register index to write.
@param Value The 64-bit value to write to the Machine Specific Register.
- @return The 64-bit value to write to the Machine Specific Register.
+ @return The 64-bit value to write to the Machine Specific Register.
**/
UINT64
EFIAPI
AsmWriteMsr (
- IN UINT8 Index,
- IN UINT64 Value
+ IN UINT8 Index,
+ IN UINT64 Value
);
@@ -6749,7 +6749,7 @@ typedef union { struct {
UINT64 Uint64;
UINT64 Uint64_1;
- } Uint128;
+ } Uint128;
} IA32_IDT_GATE_DESCRIPTOR;
#pragma pack (1)
@@ -7171,8 +7171,8 @@ AsmMsrBitFieldRead32 ( Writes Value to a bit field in the lower 32-bits of a 64-bit MSR. The bit
field is specified by the StartBit and the EndBit. All other bits in the
destination MSR are preserved. The lower 32-bits of the MSR written is
- returned. The caller must either guarantee that Index and the data written
- is valid, or the caller must set up exception handlers to catch the exceptions.
+ returned. The caller must either guarantee that Index and the data written
+ is valid, or the caller must set up exception handlers to catch the exceptions.
This function is only available on IA-32 and x64.
If StartBit is greater than 31, then ASSERT().
@@ -7415,7 +7415,7 @@ AsmMsrAnd64 ( /**
- Reads a 64-bit MSR, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
+ Reads a 64-bit MSR, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 64-bit MSR.
Reads the 64-bit MSR specified by Index, performs a bitwise AND between read
@@ -7480,8 +7480,8 @@ AsmMsrBitFieldRead64 ( Writes Value to a bit field in a 64-bit MSR. The bit field is specified by
the StartBit and the EndBit. All other bits in the destination MSR are
- preserved. The MSR written is returned. The caller must either guarantee
- that Index and the data written is valid, or the caller must set up exception
+ preserved. The MSR written is returned. The caller must either guarantee
+ that Index and the data written is valid, or the caller must set up exception
handlers to catch the exceptions. This function is only available on IA-32 and x64.
If StartBit is greater than 63, then ASSERT().
@@ -8893,7 +8893,7 @@ AsmDisablePaging64 ( in ExtraStackSize. If parameters are passed to the 16-bit real mode code,
then the actual minimum stack size is ExtraStackSize plus the maximum number
of bytes that need to be passed to the 16-bit real mode code.
-
+
If RealModeBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ExtraStackSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -8917,7 +8917,7 @@ AsmGetThunk16Properties ( Prepares all structures a code required to use AsmThunk16().
Prepares all structures and code required to use AsmThunk16().
-
+
This interface is limited to be used in either physical mode or virtual modes with paging enabled where the
virtual to physical mappings for ThunkContext.RealModeBuffer is mapped 1:1.
@@ -8941,43 +8941,43 @@ AsmPrepareThunk16 ( AsmPrepareThunk16() must be called with ThunkContext before this function is used.
This function must be called with interrupts disabled.
- The register state from the RealModeState field of ThunkContext is restored just prior
- to calling the 16-bit real mode entry point. This includes the EFLAGS field of RealModeState,
+ The register state from the RealModeState field of ThunkContext is restored just prior
+ to calling the 16-bit real mode entry point. This includes the EFLAGS field of RealModeState,
which is used to set the interrupt state when a 16-bit real mode entry point is called.
Control is transferred to the 16-bit real mode entry point specified by the CS and Eip fields of RealModeState.
- The stack is initialized to the SS and ESP fields of RealModeState. Any parameters passed to
- the 16-bit real mode code must be populated by the caller at SS:ESP prior to calling this function.
+ The stack is initialized to the SS and ESP fields of RealModeState. Any parameters passed to
+ the 16-bit real mode code must be populated by the caller at SS:ESP prior to calling this function.
The 16-bit real mode entry point is invoked with a 16-bit CALL FAR instruction,
- so when accessing stack contents, the 16-bit real mode code must account for the 16-bit segment
- and 16-bit offset of the return address that were pushed onto the stack. The 16-bit real mode entry
- point must exit with a RETF instruction. The register state is captured into RealModeState immediately
+ so when accessing stack contents, the 16-bit real mode code must account for the 16-bit segment
+ and 16-bit offset of the return address that were pushed onto the stack. The 16-bit real mode entry
+ point must exit with a RETF instruction. The register state is captured into RealModeState immediately
after the RETF instruction is executed.
-
- If EFLAGS specifies interrupts enabled, or any of the 16-bit real mode code enables interrupts,
- or any of the 16-bit real mode code makes a SW interrupt, then the caller is responsible for making sure
- the IDT at address 0 is initialized to handle any HW or SW interrupts that may occur while in 16-bit real mode.
-
- If EFLAGS specifies interrupts enabled, or any of the 16-bit real mode code enables interrupts,
- then the caller is responsible for making sure the 8259 PIC is in a state compatible with 16-bit real mode.
+
+ If EFLAGS specifies interrupts enabled, or any of the 16-bit real mode code enables interrupts,
+ or any of the 16-bit real mode code makes a SW interrupt, then the caller is responsible for making sure
+ the IDT at address 0 is initialized to handle any HW or SW interrupts that may occur while in 16-bit real mode.
+
+ If EFLAGS specifies interrupts enabled, or any of the 16-bit real mode code enables interrupts,
+ then the caller is responsible for making sure the 8259 PIC is in a state compatible with 16-bit real mode.
This includes the base vectors, the interrupt masks, and the edge/level trigger mode.
-
- If THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_BIG_REAL_MODE is set in the ThunkAttributes field of ThunkContext, then the user code
+
+ If THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_BIG_REAL_MODE is set in the ThunkAttributes field of ThunkContext, then the user code
is invoked in big real mode. Otherwise, the user code is invoked in 16-bit real mode with 64KB segment limits.
-
- If neither THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_DISABLE_A20_MASK_INT_15 nor THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_DISABLE_A20_MASK_KBD_CTRL are set in
- ThunkAttributes, then it is assumed that the user code did not enable the A20 mask, and no attempt is made to
+
+ If neither THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_DISABLE_A20_MASK_INT_15 nor THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_DISABLE_A20_MASK_KBD_CTRL are set in
+ ThunkAttributes, then it is assumed that the user code did not enable the A20 mask, and no attempt is made to
disable the A20 mask.
-
- If THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_DISABLE_A20_MASK_INT_15 is set and THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_DISABLE_A20_MASK_KBD_CTRL is clear in
- ThunkAttributes, then attempt to use the INT 15 service to disable the A20 mask. If this INT 15 call fails,
+
+ If THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_DISABLE_A20_MASK_INT_15 is set and THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_DISABLE_A20_MASK_KBD_CTRL is clear in
+ ThunkAttributes, then attempt to use the INT 15 service to disable the A20 mask. If this INT 15 call fails,
then attempt to disable the A20 mask by directly accessing the 8042 keyboard controller I/O ports.
-
- If THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_DISABLE_A20_MASK_INT_15 is clear and THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_DISABLE_A20_MASK_KBD_CTRL is set in
+
+ If THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_DISABLE_A20_MASK_INT_15 is clear and THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_DISABLE_A20_MASK_KBD_CTRL is set in
ThunkAttributes, then attempt to disable the A20 mask by directly accessing the 8042 keyboard controller I/O ports.
-
+
If ThunkContext is NULL, then ASSERT().
If AsmPrepareThunk16() was not previously called with ThunkContext, then ASSERT().
- If both THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_DISABLE_A20_MASK_INT_15 and THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_DISABLE_A20_MASK_KBD_CTRL are set in
+ If both THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_DISABLE_A20_MASK_INT_15 and THUNK_ATTRIBUTE_DISABLE_A20_MASK_KBD_CTRL are set in
ThunkAttributes, then ASSERT().
This interface is limited to be used in either physical mode or virtual modes with paging enabled where the
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/BaseMemoryLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/BaseMemoryLib.h index 0e565c1542..f865e8a59a 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/BaseMemoryLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/BaseMemoryLib.h @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /** @file
Provides copy memory, fill memory, zero memory, and GUID functions.
-
- The Base Memory Library provides optimized implementations for common memory-based operations.
- These functions should be used in place of coding your own loops to do equivalent common functions.
- This allows optimized library implementations to help increase performance.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
+
+ The Base Memory Library provides optimized implementations for common memory-based operations.
+ These functions should be used in place of coding your own loops to do equivalent common functions.
+ This allows optimized library implementations to help increase performance.
+
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. This function copies Length bytes from SourceBuffer to DestinationBuffer, and returns
DestinationBuffer. The implementation must be reentrant, and it must handle the case
where SourceBuffer overlaps DestinationBuffer.
-
+
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - DestinationBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - SourceBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ CopyMem ( Fills a target buffer with a byte value, and returns the target buffer.
This function fills Length bytes of Buffer with Value, and returns Buffer.
-
+
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param Buffer The memory to set.
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ SetMemN ( Fills a target buffer with zeros, and returns the target buffer.
This function fills Length bytes of Buffer with zeros, and returns Buffer.
-
+
If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ ZeroMem ( If all Length bytes of the two buffers are identical, then 0 is returned. Otherwise, the
value returned is the first mismatched byte in SourceBuffer subtracted from the first
mismatched byte in DestinationBuffer.
-
+
If Length > 0 and DestinationBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Length > 0 and SourceBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - DestinationBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ ZeroMem ( @return 0 All Length bytes of the two buffers are identical.
@retval Non-zero The first mismatched byte in SourceBuffer subtracted from the first
mismatched byte in DestinationBuffer.
-
+
**/
INTN
EFIAPI
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ CompareMem ( address to the highest address for an 8-bit value that matches Value. If a match is found,
then a pointer to the matching byte in the target buffer is returned. If no match is found,
then NULL is returned. If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ ScanMem8 ( address to the highest address for a 16-bit value that matches Value. If a match is found,
then a pointer to the matching byte in the target buffer is returned. If no match is found,
then NULL is returned. If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ ScanMem16 ( address to the highest address for a 32-bit value that matches Value. If a match is found,
then a pointer to the matching byte in the target buffer is returned. If no match is found,
then NULL is returned. If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ ScanMem32 ( address to the highest address for a 64-bit value that matches Value. If a match is found,
then a pointer to the matching byte in the target buffer is returned. If no match is found,
then NULL is returned. If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -340,14 +340,14 @@ ScanMem64 ( );
/**
- Scans a target buffer for a UINTN sized value, and returns a pointer to the matching
+ Scans a target buffer for a UINTN sized value, and returns a pointer to the matching
UINTN sized value in the target buffer.
This function searches target the buffer specified by Buffer and Length from the lowest
address to the highest address for a UINTN sized value that matches Value. If a match is found,
then a pointer to the matching byte in the target buffer is returned. If no match is found,
then NULL is returned. If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is not aligned on a UINTN boundary, then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a UINTN boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -367,13 +367,13 @@ ScanMemN ( IN UINTN Length,
IN UINTN Value
);
-
+
/**
Copies a source GUID to a destination GUID.
This function copies the contents of the 128-bit GUID specified by SourceGuid to
DestinationGuid, and returns DestinationGuid.
-
+
If DestinationGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SourceGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ CopyGuid ( This function compares Guid1 to Guid2. If the GUIDs are identical then TRUE is returned.
If there are any bit differences in the two GUIDs, then FALSE is returned.
-
+
If Guid1 is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Guid2 is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ CompareGuid ( GUID value that matches Guid. If a match is found, then a pointer to the matching
GUID in the target buffer is returned. If no match is found, then NULL is returned.
If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 128-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/CacheMaintenanceLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/CacheMaintenanceLib.h index 48e0fe5a1c..9a0170dbd8 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/CacheMaintenanceLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/CacheMaintenanceLib.h @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ /** @file
Provides services to maintain instruction and data caches.
-
+
The Cache Maintenance Library provides abstractions for basic processor cache operations.
It removes the need to use assembly in C code.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/CpuLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/CpuLib.h index 100020a672..3f69b1fccc 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/CpuLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/CpuLib.h @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ /** @file
Provides CPU architecture specific functions that can not be defined
in the Base Library due to dependencies on the PAL Library
-
+
The CPU Library provides services to flush CPU TLBs and place the CPU in a sleep state.
The implementation of these services on Itanium processors requires the use of PAL Calls.
PAL Calls require PEI and DXE specific mechanisms to look up PAL Entry Point.
As a result, these services could not be defined in the Base Library.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/DebugLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/DebugLib.h index 3a910e6a20..e6a7a357b2 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/DebugLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/DebugLib.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** @file
Provides services to print debug and assert messages to a debug output device.
-
+
The Debug library supports debug print and asserts based on a combination of macros and code.
The debug library can be turned on and off so that the debug code does not increase the size of an image.
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ of size reduction when compiler optimization is disabled. If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is
defined, then debug and assert related macros wrapped by it are the NULL implementations.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
@@ -80,15 +80,15 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Prints a debug message to the debug output device if the specified error level is enabled.
- If any bit in ErrorLevel is also set in DebugPrintErrorLevelLib function
- GetDebugPrintErrorLevel (), then print the message specified by Format and the
+ If any bit in ErrorLevel is also set in DebugPrintErrorLevelLib function
+ GetDebugPrintErrorLevel (), then print the message specified by Format and the
associated variable argument list to the debug output device.
If Format is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param ErrorLevel The error level of the debug message.
@param Format The format string for the debug message to print.
- @param ... The variable argument list whose contents are accessed
+ @param ... The variable argument list whose contents are accessed
based on the format string specified by Format.
**/
@@ -102,14 +102,14 @@ DebugPrint ( /**
- Prints an assert message containing a filename, line number, and description.
+ Prints an assert message containing a filename, line number, and description.
This may be followed by a breakpoint or a dead loop.
Print a message of the form "ASSERT <FileName>(<LineNumber>): <Description>\n"
- to the debug output device. If DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_BREAKPOINT_ENABLED bit of
- PcdDebugProperyMask is set then CpuBreakpoint() is called. Otherwise, if
- DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_DEADLOOP_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set then
- CpuDeadLoop() is called. If neither of these bits are set, then this function
+ to the debug output device. If DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_BREAKPOINT_ENABLED bit of
+ PcdDebugProperyMask is set then CpuBreakpoint() is called. Otherwise, if
+ DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_DEADLOOP_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set then
+ CpuDeadLoop() is called. If neither of these bits are set, then this function
returns immediately after the message is printed to the debug output device.
DebugAssert() must actively prevent recursion. If DebugAssert() is called while
processing another DebugAssert(), then DebugAssert() must return immediately.
@@ -134,14 +134,14 @@ DebugAssert ( /**
Fills a target buffer with PcdDebugClearMemoryValue, and returns the target buffer.
- This function fills Length bytes of Buffer with the value specified by
+ This function fills Length bytes of Buffer with the value specified by
PcdDebugClearMemoryValue, and returns Buffer.
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param Buffer The pointer to the target buffer to be filled with PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
- @param Length The number of bytes in Buffer to fill with zeros PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
+ @param Length The number of bytes in Buffer to fill with zeros PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
@return Buffer The pointer to the target buffer filled with PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ DebugClearMemory ( /**
Returns TRUE if ASSERT() macros are enabled.
- This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit of
+ This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit of
PcdDebugProperyMask is set. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
@retval TRUE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
@@ -171,10 +171,10 @@ DebugAssertEnabled ( );
-/**
+/**
Returns TRUE if DEBUG() macros are enabled.
- This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED bit of
+ This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED bit of
PcdDebugProperyMask is set. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
@retval TRUE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
@@ -188,10 +188,10 @@ DebugPrintEnabled ( );
-/**
+/**
Returns TRUE if DEBUG_CODE() macros are enabled.
- This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of
PcdDebugProperyMask is set. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
@retval TRUE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
@@ -205,10 +205,10 @@ DebugCodeEnabled ( );
-/**
+/**
Returns TRUE if DEBUG_CLEAR_MEMORY() macro is enabled.
- This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of
+ This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of
PcdDebugProperyMask is set. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
@retval TRUE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled ( IN CONST UINTN ErrorLevel
);
-/**
+/**
Internal worker macro that calls DebugAssert().
This macro calls DebugAssert(), passing in the filename, line number, and an
@@ -248,15 +248,15 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled ( #define _ASSERT(Expression) DebugAssert (__FILE__, __LINE__, #Expression)
-/**
+/**
Internal worker macro that calls DebugPrint().
- This macro calls DebugPrint() passing in the debug error level, a format
+ This macro calls DebugPrint() passing in the debug error level, a format
string, and a variable argument list.
__VA_ARGS__ is not supported by EBC compiler, Microsoft Visual Studio .NET 2003
and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Driver Development Kit (Microsoft WINDDK) version 3790.1830.
- @param Expression Expression containing an error level, a format string,
+ @param Expression Expression containing an error level, a format string,
and a variable argument list based on the format string.
**/
@@ -273,19 +273,19 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled ( #define _DEBUG(Expression) DebugPrint Expression
#endif
-/**
+/**
Macro that calls DebugAssert() if an expression evaluates to FALSE.
- If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED
- bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro evaluates the Boolean
- expression specified by Expression. If Expression evaluates to FALSE, then
- DebugAssert() is called passing in the source filename, source line number,
+ If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED
+ bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro evaluates the Boolean
+ expression specified by Expression. If Expression evaluates to FALSE, then
+ DebugAssert() is called passing in the source filename, source line number,
and Expression.
@param Expression Boolean expression.
**/
-#if !defined(MDEPKG_NDEBUG)
+#if !defined(MDEPKG_NDEBUG)
#define ASSERT(Expression) \
do { \
if (DebugAssertEnabled ()) { \
@@ -299,19 +299,19 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled ( #define ASSERT(Expression)
#endif
-/**
+/**
Macro that calls DebugPrint().
- If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED
- bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro passes Expression to
+ If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED
+ bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro passes Expression to
DebugPrint().
- @param Expression Expression containing an error level, a format string,
+ @param Expression Expression containing an error level, a format string,
and a variable argument list based on the format string.
-
+
**/
-#if !defined(MDEPKG_NDEBUG)
+#if !defined(MDEPKG_NDEBUG)
#define DEBUG(Expression) \
do { \
if (DebugPrintEnabled ()) { \
@@ -322,13 +322,13 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled ( #define DEBUG(Expression)
#endif
-/**
+/**
Macro that calls DebugAssert() if an EFI_STATUS evaluates to an error code.
- If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED
- bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro evaluates the EFI_STATUS
- value specified by StatusParameter. If StatusParameter is an error code,
- then DebugAssert() is called passing in the source filename, source line
+ If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED
+ bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro evaluates the EFI_STATUS
+ value specified by StatusParameter. If StatusParameter is an error code,
+ then DebugAssert() is called passing in the source filename, source line
number, and StatusParameter.
@param StatusParameter EFI_STATUS value to evaluate.
@@ -375,23 +375,23 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled ( #define ASSERT_RETURN_ERROR(StatusParameter)
#endif
-/**
- Macro that calls DebugAssert() if a protocol is already installed in the
+/**
+ Macro that calls DebugAssert() if a protocol is already installed in the
handle database.
- If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is defined or the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit
+ If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is defined or the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit
of PcdDebugProperyMask is clear, then return.
- If Handle is NULL, then a check is made to see if the protocol specified by Guid
- is present on any handle in the handle database. If Handle is not NULL, then
- a check is made to see if the protocol specified by Guid is present on the
- handle specified by Handle. If the check finds the protocol, then DebugAssert()
+ If Handle is NULL, then a check is made to see if the protocol specified by Guid
+ is present on any handle in the handle database. If Handle is not NULL, then
+ a check is made to see if the protocol specified by Guid is present on the
+ handle specified by Handle. If the check finds the protocol, then DebugAssert()
is called passing in the source filename, source line number, and Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param Handle The handle to check for the protocol. This is an optional
- parameter that may be NULL. If it is NULL, then the entire
+ @param Handle The handle to check for the protocol. This is an optional
+ parameter that may be NULL. If it is NULL, then the entire
handle database is searched.
@param Guid The pointer to a protocol GUID.
@@ -421,32 +421,32 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled ( /**
Macro that marks the beginning of debug source code.
- If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
+ If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
then this macro marks the beginning of source code that is included in a module.
- Otherwise, the source lines between DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN() and DEBUG_CODE_END()
+ Otherwise, the source lines between DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN() and DEBUG_CODE_END()
are not included in a module.
**/
#define DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN() do { if (DebugCodeEnabled ()) { UINT8 __DebugCodeLocal
-/**
+/**
The macro that marks the end of debug source code.
- If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
- then this macro marks the end of source code that is included in a module.
- Otherwise, the source lines between DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN() and DEBUG_CODE_END()
+ If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
+ then this macro marks the end of source code that is included in a module.
+ Otherwise, the source lines between DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN() and DEBUG_CODE_END()
are not included in a module.
**/
#define DEBUG_CODE_END() __DebugCodeLocal = 0; __DebugCodeLocal++; } } while (FALSE)
-/**
+/**
The macro that declares a section of debug source code.
- If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
- then the source code specified by Expression is included in a module.
+ If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
+ then the source code specified by Expression is included in a module.
Otherwise, the source specified by Expression is not included in a module.
**/
@@ -456,10 +456,10 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled ( DEBUG_CODE_END ()
-/**
+/**
The macro that calls DebugClearMemory() to clear a buffer to a default value.
- If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
+ If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
then this macro calls DebugClearMemory() passing in Address and Length.
@param Address The pointer to a buffer.
@@ -475,42 +475,42 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled ( /**
- Macro that calls DebugAssert() if the containing record does not have a
- matching signature. If the signatures matches, then a pointer to the data
- structure that contains a specified field of that data structure is returned.
- This is a lightweight method hide information by placing a public data
- structure inside a larger private data structure and using a pointer to the
+ Macro that calls DebugAssert() if the containing record does not have a
+ matching signature. If the signatures matches, then a pointer to the data
+ structure that contains a specified field of that data structure is returned.
+ This is a lightweight method hide information by placing a public data
+ structure inside a larger private data structure and using a pointer to the
public data structure to retrieve a pointer to the private data structure.
- If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is defined or the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit
+ If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is defined or the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit
of PcdDebugProperyMask is clear, then this macro computes the offset, in bytes,
- of the field specified by Field from the beginning of the data structure specified
- by TYPE. This offset is subtracted from Record, and is used to return a pointer
+ of the field specified by Field from the beginning of the data structure specified
+ by TYPE. This offset is subtracted from Record, and is used to return a pointer
to a data structure of the type specified by TYPE.
If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit
- of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro computes the offset, in bytes,
- of field specified by Field from the beginning of the data structure specified
+ of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro computes the offset, in bytes,
+ of field specified by Field from the beginning of the data structure specified
by TYPE. This offset is subtracted from Record, and is used to compute a pointer
- to a data structure of the type specified by TYPE. The Signature field of the
- data structure specified by TYPE is compared to TestSignature. If the signatures
- match, then a pointer to the pointer to a data structure of the type specified by
- TYPE is returned. If the signatures do not match, then DebugAssert() is called
- with a description of "CR has a bad signature" and Record is returned.
+ to a data structure of the type specified by TYPE. The Signature field of the
+ data structure specified by TYPE is compared to TestSignature. If the signatures
+ match, then a pointer to the pointer to a data structure of the type specified by
+ TYPE is returned. If the signatures do not match, then DebugAssert() is called
+ with a description of "CR has a bad signature" and Record is returned.
- If the data type specified by TYPE does not contain the field specified by Field,
+ If the data type specified by TYPE does not contain the field specified by Field,
then the module will not compile.
- If TYPE does not contain a field called Signature, then the module will not
+ If TYPE does not contain a field called Signature, then the module will not
compile.
- @param Record The pointer to the field specified by Field within a data
+ @param Record The pointer to the field specified by Field within a data
structure of type TYPE.
- @param TYPE The name of the data structure type to return This
- data structure must contain the field specified by Field.
+ @param TYPE The name of the data structure type to return This
+ data structure must contain the field specified by Field.
- @param Field The name of the field in the data structure specified
+ @param Field The name of the field in the data structure specified
by TYPE to which Record points.
@param TestSignature The 32-bit signature value to match.
@@ -525,5 +525,5 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled ( #define CR(Record, TYPE, Field, TestSignature) \
BASE_CR (Record, TYPE, Field)
#endif
-
+
#endif
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/DebugPrintErrorLevelLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/DebugPrintErrorLevelLib.h index 5a866d5fca..0b0df804b5 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/DebugPrintErrorLevelLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/DebugPrintErrorLevelLib.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Debug Print Error Level Library class
- Copyright (c) 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ GetDebugPrintErrorLevel ( /**
Sets the global debug print error level mask fpr the entire platform.
-
+
@param ErrorLevel Global debug print error level
-
+
@retval TRUE The debug print error level mask was successfully set.
@retval FALSE The debug print error level mask could not be set.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/DevicePathLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/DevicePathLib.h index 78aac35f81..959299704a 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/DevicePathLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/DevicePathLib.h @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /** @file
Provides library functions to construct and parse UEFI Device Paths.
- This library provides defines, macros, and functions to help create and parse
+ This library provides defines, macros, and functions to help create and parse
EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL structures.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
@@ -81,9 +81,9 @@ DevicePathSubType ( /**
Returns the 16-bit Length field of a device path node.
- Returns the 16-bit Length field of the device path node specified by Node.
+ Returns the 16-bit Length field of the device path node specified by Node.
Node is not required to be aligned on a 16-bit boundary, so it is recommended
- that a function such as ReadUnaligned16() be used to extract the contents of
+ that a function such as ReadUnaligned16() be used to extract the contents of
the Length field.
If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -119,12 +119,12 @@ NextDevicePathNode ( /**
Determines if a device path node is an end node of a device path.
- This includes nodes that are the end of a device path instance and nodes that
+ This includes nodes that are the end of a device path instance and nodes that
are the end of an entire device path.
- Determines if the device path node specified by Node is an end node of a device path.
- This includes nodes that are the end of a device path instance and nodes that are the
- end of an entire device path. If Node represents an end node of a device path,
+ Determines if the device path node specified by Node is an end node of a device path.
+ This includes nodes that are the end of a device path instance and nodes that are the
+ end of an entire device path. If Node represents an end node of a device path,
then TRUE is returned. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ NextDevicePathNode ( @retval TRUE The device path node specified by Node is an end node of a device path.
@retval FALSE The device path node specified by Node is not an end node of a device path.
-
+
**/
BOOLEAN
EFIAPI
@@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ IsDevicePathEndInstance ( /**
Sets the length, in bytes, of a device path node.
- Sets the length of the device path node specified by Node to the value specified
- by NodeLength. NodeLength is returned. Node is not required to be aligned on
+ Sets the length of the device path node specified by Node to the value specified
+ by NodeLength. NodeLength is returned. Node is not required to be aligned on
a 16-bit boundary, so it is recommended that a function such as WriteUnaligned16()
be used to set the contents of the Length field.
@@ -211,15 +211,15 @@ SetDevicePathNodeLength ( /**
Fills in all the fields of a device path node that is the end of an entire device path.
- Fills in all the fields of a device path node specified by Node so Node represents
- the end of an entire device path. The Type field of Node is set to
- END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE, the SubType field of Node is set to
- END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE, and the Length field of Node is set to
- END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH. Node is not required to be aligned on a 16-bit boundary,
- so it is recommended that a function such as WriteUnaligned16() be used to set
- the contents of the Length field.
+ Fills in all the fields of a device path node specified by Node so Node represents
+ the end of an entire device path. The Type field of Node is set to
+ END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE, the SubType field of Node is set to
+ END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE, and the Length field of Node is set to
+ END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH. Node is not required to be aligned on a 16-bit boundary,
+ so it is recommended that a function such as WriteUnaligned16() be used to set
+ the contents of the Length field.
- If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Node A pointer to a device path node data structure.
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ SetDevicePathEndNode ( /**
Returns the size of a device path in bytes.
- This function returns the size, in bytes, of the device path data structure
+ This function returns the size, in bytes, of the device path data structure
specified by DevicePath including the end of device path node.
If DevicePath is NULL or invalid, then 0 is returned.
@@ -255,15 +255,15 @@ GetDevicePathSize ( This function allocates space for a new copy of the device path specified by DevicePath. If
DevicePath is NULL, then NULL is returned. If the memory is successfully allocated, then the
contents of DevicePath are copied to the newly allocated buffer, and a pointer to that buffer
- is returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned.
- The memory for the new device path is allocated from EFI boot services memory.
- It is the responsibility of the caller to free the memory allocated.
-
+ is returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned.
+ The memory for the new device path is allocated from EFI boot services memory.
+ It is the responsibility of the caller to free the memory allocated.
+
@param DevicePath A pointer to a device path data structure.
@retval NULL DevicePath is NULL or invalid.
@retval Others A pointer to the duplicated device path.
-
+
**/
EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *
EFIAPI
@@ -276,18 +276,18 @@ DuplicateDevicePath ( This function creates a new device path by appending a copy of SecondDevicePath to a copy of
FirstDevicePath in a newly allocated buffer. Only the end-of-device-path device node from
- SecondDevicePath is retained. The newly created device path is returned.
- If FirstDevicePath is NULL, then it is ignored, and a duplicate of SecondDevicePath is returned.
- If SecondDevicePath is NULL, then it is ignored, and a duplicate of FirstDevicePath is returned.
+ SecondDevicePath is retained. The newly created device path is returned.
+ If FirstDevicePath is NULL, then it is ignored, and a duplicate of SecondDevicePath is returned.
+ If SecondDevicePath is NULL, then it is ignored, and a duplicate of FirstDevicePath is returned.
If both FirstDevicePath and SecondDevicePath are NULL, then a copy of an end-of-device-path is
- returned.
+ returned.
If there is not enough memory for the newly allocated buffer, then NULL is returned.
The memory for the new device path is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the
responsibility of the caller to free the memory allocated.
@param FirstDevicePath A pointer to a device path data structure.
@param SecondDevicePath A pointer to a device path data structure.
-
+
@retval NULL If there is not enough memory for the newly allocated buffer.
@retval NULL If FirstDevicePath or SecondDevicePath is invalid.
@retval Others A pointer to the new device path if success.
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ AppendDevicePath ( node is returned.
If both DevicePathNode and DevicePath are NULL then a copy of an end-of-device-path device node
is returned.
- If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
+ If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
The memory is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the responsibility of the caller to
free the memory allocated.
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ AppendDevicePath ( @retval NULL There is not enough memory for the new device path.
@retval Others A pointer to the new device path if success.
- A copy of DevicePathNode followed by an end-of-device-path node
+ A copy of DevicePathNode followed by an end-of-device-path node
if both FirstDevicePath and SecondDevicePath are NULL.
A copy of an end-of-device-path node if both FirstDevicePath and SecondDevicePath are NULL.
@@ -336,18 +336,18 @@ AppendDevicePathNode ( /**
Creates a new device path by appending the specified device path instance to the specified device
path.
-
+
This function creates a new device path by appending a copy of the device path instance specified
by DevicePathInstance to a copy of the device path secified by DevicePath in a allocated buffer.
The end-of-device-path device node is moved after the end of the appended device path instance
- and a new end-of-device-path-instance node is inserted between.
+ and a new end-of-device-path-instance node is inserted between.
If DevicePath is NULL, then a copy if DevicePathInstance is returned.
If DevicePathInstance is NULL, then NULL is returned.
If DevicePath or DevicePathInstance is invalid, then NULL is returned.
- If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
+ If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
The memory is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the responsibility of the caller to
free the memory allocated.
-
+
@param DevicePath A pointer to a device path data structure.
@param DevicePathInstance A pointer to a device path instance.
@@ -370,11 +370,11 @@ AppendDevicePathInstance ( to hold the size of the device path instance copy.
If DevicePath is NULL, then NULL is returned.
If DevicePath points to a invalid device path, then NULL is returned.
- If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
+ If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
The memory is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the responsibility of the caller to
free the memory allocated.
If Size is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param DevicePath On input, this holds the pointer to the current device path
instance. On output, this holds the pointer to the next device
path instance or NULL if there are no more device path
@@ -399,8 +399,8 @@ GetNextDevicePathInstance ( This function creates a new device node in a newly allocated buffer of size NodeLength and
initializes the device path node header with NodeType and NodeSubType. The new device path node
is returned.
- If NodeLength is smaller than a device path header, then NULL is returned.
- If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
+ If NodeLength is smaller than a device path header, then NULL is returned.
+ If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
The memory is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the responsibility of the caller to
free the memory allocated.
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ IsDevicePathMultiInstance ( This function returns the device path protocol from the handle specified by Handle. If Handle is
NULL or Handle does not contain a device path protocol, then NULL is returned.
-
+
@param Handle The handle from which to retrieve the device path protocol.
@return The device path protocol from the handle specified by Handle.
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ DevicePathFromHandle ( path node for the file specified by FileName is allocated and returned.
The memory for the new device path is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the responsibility
of the caller to free the memory allocated.
-
+
If FileName is NULL, then ASSERT().
If FileName is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeCoreEntryPoint.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeCoreEntryPoint.h index acf514a616..8b2302bdfe 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeCoreEntryPoint.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeCoreEntryPoint.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Module entry point library for DXE core.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. #define __MODULE_ENTRY_POINT_H__
///
-/// Global variable that contains a pointer to the Hob List passed into the DXE Core entry point.
-///
+/// Global variable that contains a pointer to the Hob List passed into the DXE Core entry point.
+///
extern VOID *gHobList;
/**
- The entry point of PE/COFF Image for the DXE Core.
+ The entry point of PE/COFF Image for the DXE Core.
This function is the entry point for the DXE Core. This function is required to call
ProcessModuleEntryPointList() and ProcessModuleEntryPointList() is never expected to return.
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ extern VOID *gHobList; System Table and the image handle for the DXE Core itself have been established.
If ProcessModuleEntryPointList() returns, then ASSERT() and halt the system.
- @param HobStart Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase.
+ @param HobStart Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase.
**/
VOID
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ _ModuleEntryPoint ( This function is required to call _ModuleEntryPoint() passing in HobStart.
- @param HobStart Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase.
+ @param HobStart Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase.
**/
VOID
@@ -83,12 +83,12 @@ ProcessLibraryConstructorList ( Autogenerated function that calls a set of module entry points.
This function must be called by _ModuleEntryPoint().
- This function calls the set of module entry points.
+ This function calls the set of module entry points.
This function is autogenerated by build tools and those build tools are responsible
for collecting the module entry points and calling them in a specified order.
- @param HobStart Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase.
-
+ @param HobStart Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase.
+
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeServicesLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeServicesLib.h index 20aee68af5..3764d15312 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeServicesLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeServicesLib.h @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ /** @file
- MDE DXE Services Library provides functions that simplify the development of DXE Drivers.
+ MDE DXE Services Library provides functions that simplify the development of DXE Drivers.
These functions help access data from sections of FFS files or from file path.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2015 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -18,20 +18,20 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. #define __DXE_SERVICES_LIB_H__
/**
- Searches all the available firmware volumes and returns the first matching FFS section.
+ Searches all the available firmware volumes and returns the first matching FFS section.
This function searches all the firmware volumes for FFS files with FV file type specified by FileType
- The order that the firmware volumes is searched is not deterministic. For each available FV a search
- is made for FFS file of type FileType. If the FV contains more than one FFS file with the same FileType,
- the FileInstance instance will be the matched FFS file. For each FFS file found a search
- is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances
- of the FFS section specified by SectionType, then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer.
- Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size.
- It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.
- See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections
+ The order that the firmware volumes is searched is not deterministic. For each available FV a search
+ is made for FFS file of type FileType. If the FV contains more than one FFS file with the same FileType,
+ the FileInstance instance will be the matched FFS file. For each FFS file found a search
+ is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances
+ of the FFS section specified by SectionType, then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer.
+ Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size.
+ It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.
+ See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections
are retrieved from an FFS file based on SectionType and SectionInstance.
- If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
+ If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
the search will be retried with a section type of EFI_SECTION_PE32.
This function must be called with a TPL <= TPL_NOTIFY.
@@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. @param FileType Indicates the FV file type to search for within all available FVs.
@param FileInstance Indicates which file instance within all available FVs specified by FileType.
FileInstance starts from zero.
- @param SectionType Indicates the FFS section type to search for within the FFS file
+ @param SectionType Indicates the FFS section type to search for within the FFS file
specified by FileType with FileInstance.
- @param SectionInstance Indicates which section instance within the FFS file
+ @param SectionInstance Indicates which section instance within the FFS file
specified by FileType with FileInstance to retrieve. SectionInstance starts from zero.
@param Buffer On output, a pointer to a callee allocated buffer containing the FFS file section that was found.
Is it the caller's responsibility to free this buffer using FreePool().
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The specified FFS section could not be found.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve the matching FFS section.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a device error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The FFS section could not be retrieves because the firmware volume that
+ @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The FFS section could not be retrieves because the firmware volume that
contains the matching FFS section does not allow reads.
**/
EFI_STATUS
@@ -68,18 +68,18 @@ GetSectionFromAnyFvByFileType ( );
/**
- Searches all the available firmware volumes and returns the first matching FFS section.
-
- This function searches all the firmware volumes for FFS files with an FFS filename specified by NameGuid.
- The order in which the firmware volumes are searched is not deterministic. For each FFS file found, a search
- is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances
- of the FFS section specified by SectionType, then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer.
- Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size.
- It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.
- See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections
+ Searches all the available firmware volumes and returns the first matching FFS section.
+
+ This function searches all the firmware volumes for FFS files with an FFS filename specified by NameGuid.
+ The order in which the firmware volumes are searched is not deterministic. For each FFS file found, a search
+ is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances
+ of the FFS section specified by SectionType, then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer.
+ Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size.
+ It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.
+ See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections
are retrieved from an FFS file based on SectionType and SectionInstance.
- If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
+ If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
the search will be retried with a section type of EFI_SECTION_PE32.
This function must be called with a TPL <= TPL_NOTIFY.
@@ -88,26 +88,26 @@ GetSectionFromAnyFvByFileType ( If Size is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param NameGuid A pointer to to the FFS filename GUID to search for
- within any of the firmware volumes in the platform.
- @param SectionType Indicates the FFS section type to search for within
+ @param NameGuid A pointer to to the FFS filename GUID to search for
+ within any of the firmware volumes in the platform.
+ @param SectionType Indicates the FFS section type to search for within
the FFS file specified by NameGuid.
- @param SectionInstance Indicates which section instance within the FFS file
+ @param SectionInstance Indicates which section instance within the FFS file
specified by NameGuid to retrieve.
- @param Buffer On output, a pointer to a callee-allocated buffer
- containing the FFS file section that was found.
- It is the caller's responsibility to free this
+ @param Buffer On output, a pointer to a callee-allocated buffer
+ containing the FFS file section that was found.
+ It is the caller's responsibility to free this
buffer using FreePool().
@param Size On output, a pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The specified FFS section was returned.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The specified FFS section could not be found.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve
the matching FFS section.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a
+ @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a
device error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The FFS section could not be retrieves because the
- firmware volume that contains the matching FFS
+ @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The FFS section could not be retrieves because the
+ firmware volume that contains the matching FFS
section does not allow reads.
**/
EFI_STATUS
@@ -121,49 +121,49 @@ GetSectionFromAnyFv ( );
/**
- Searches the firmware volume that the currently executing module was loaded from and returns the first matching FFS section.
+ Searches the firmware volume that the currently executing module was loaded from and returns the first matching FFS section.
- This function searches the firmware volume that the currently executing module was loaded
- from for an FFS file with an FFS filename specified by NameGuid. If the FFS file is found, a search
- is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance
+ This function searches the firmware volume that the currently executing module was loaded
+ from for an FFS file with an FFS filename specified by NameGuid. If the FFS file is found, a search
+ is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance
instances of the FFS section specified by SectionType, then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer.
- Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size.
- It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.
- See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections are retrieved from
+ Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size.
+ It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.
+ See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections are retrieved from
an FFS file based on SectionType and SectionInstance.
If the currently executing module was not loaded from a firmware volume, then EFI_NOT_FOUND is returned.
- If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
+ If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
the search will be retried with a section type of EFI_SECTION_PE32.
-
+
This function must be called with a TPL <= TPL_NOTIFY.
If NameGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Size is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param NameGuid A pointer to to the FFS filename GUID to search for
- within the firmware volumes that the currently
+ @param NameGuid A pointer to to the FFS filename GUID to search for
+ within the firmware volumes that the currently
executing module was loaded from.
- @param SectionType Indicates the FFS section type to search for within
+ @param SectionType Indicates the FFS section type to search for within
the FFS file specified by NameGuid.
- @param SectionInstance Indicates which section instance within the FFS
+ @param SectionInstance Indicates which section instance within the FFS
file specified by NameGuid to retrieve.
- @param Buffer On output, a pointer to a callee allocated buffer
- containing the FFS file section that was found.
- It is the caller's responsibility to free this buffer
+ @param Buffer On output, a pointer to a callee allocated buffer
+ containing the FFS file section that was found.
+ It is the caller's responsibility to free this buffer
using FreePool().
@param Size On output, a pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The specified FFS section was returned.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The specified FFS section could not be found.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve
the matching FFS section.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a
+ @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a
device error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The FFS section could not be retrieves because the
- firmware volume that contains the matching FFS
- section does not allow reads.
+ @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The FFS section could not be retrieves because the
+ firmware volume that contains the matching FFS
+ section does not allow reads.
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -180,43 +180,43 @@ GetSectionFromFv ( Searches the FFS file the the currently executing module was loaded from and returns the first matching FFS section.
This function searches the FFS file that the currently executing module was loaded from for a FFS sections of type SectionType.
- If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances of the FFS section specified by SectionType,
- then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer. Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(),
- and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size. It is the caller's responsibility
- to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer. See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for
+ If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances of the FFS section specified by SectionType,
+ then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer. Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(),
+ and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size. It is the caller's responsibility
+ to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer. See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for
details on how sections are retrieved from an FFS file based on SectionType and SectionInstance.
If the currently executing module was not loaded from an FFS file, then EFI_NOT_FOUND is returned.
- If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
+ If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
the search will be retried with a section type of EFI_SECTION_PE32.
This function must be called with a TPL <= TPL_NOTIFY.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Size is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param SectionType Indicates the FFS section type to search for within
- the FFS file that the currently executing module
+ @param SectionType Indicates the FFS section type to search for within
+ the FFS file that the currently executing module
was loaded from.
- @param SectionInstance Indicates which section instance to retrieve within
- the FFS file that the currently executing module
+ @param SectionInstance Indicates which section instance to retrieve within
+ the FFS file that the currently executing module
was loaded from.
- @param Buffer On output, a pointer to a callee allocated buffer
- containing the FFS file section that was found.
- It is the caller's responsibility to free this buffer
+ @param Buffer On output, a pointer to a callee allocated buffer
+ containing the FFS file section that was found.
+ It is the caller's responsibility to free this buffer
using FreePool().
@param Size On output, a pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The specified FFS section was returned.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The specified FFS section could not be found.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve
the matching FFS section.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a
+ @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a
device error.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The FFS section could not be retrieves because the
- firmware volume that contains the matching FFS
- section does not allow reads.
-
+ @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The FFS section could not be retrieves because the
+ firmware volume that contains the matching FFS
+ section does not allow reads.
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -229,22 +229,22 @@ GetSectionFromFfs ( /**
- Get the image file buffer data and buffer size by its device path.
-
- Access the file either from a firmware volume, from a file system interface,
+ Get the image file buffer data and buffer size by its device path.
+
+ Access the file either from a firmware volume, from a file system interface,
or from the load file interface.
-
+
Allocate memory to store the found image. The caller is responsible to free memory.
If FilePath is NULL, then NULL is returned.
If FileSize is NULL, then NULL is returned.
If AuthenticationStatus is NULL, then NULL is returned.
- @param[in] BootPolicy The policy for Open Image File.If TRUE,
- indicates that the request originates from
+ @param[in] BootPolicy The policy for Open Image File.If TRUE,
+ indicates that the request originates from
the boot manager, and that the boot manager is
- attempting to load FilePath as a boot selection.
- If FALSE, then FilePath must match an exact
+ attempting to load FilePath as a boot selection.
+ If FALSE, then FilePath must match an exact
file to be loaded.
@param[in] FilePath Pointer to the device path of the file that is abstracted to
the file buffer.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeServicesTableLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeServicesTableLib.h index ff13d3fcaa..9a3b036f6d 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeServicesTableLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeServicesTableLib.h @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ /** @file
Provides a service to retrieve a pointer to the DXE Services Table.
Only available to DXE module types.
-
- This library does not contain any functions or macros. It simply exports a global
- pointer to the DXE Services Table as defined in the Platform Initialization Driver
- Execution Environment Core Interface Specification. The library constructor must
+
+ This library does not contain any functions or macros. It simply exports a global
+ pointer to the DXE Services Table as defined in the Platform Initialization Driver
+ Execution Environment Core Interface Specification. The library constructor must
initialize this global pointer to the DX Services Table, so it is available at the
- module's entry point. Since there is overhead in looking up the pointer to the DXE
- Services Table, only those modules that actually require access to the DXE Services
- Table should use this library. This will typically be DXE Drivers that require GCD
+ module's entry point. Since there is overhead in looking up the pointer to the DXE
+ Services Table, only those modules that actually require access to the DXE Services
+ Table should use this library. This will typically be DXE Drivers that require GCD
or Dispatcher services.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/ExtendedSalLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/ExtendedSalLib.h index 6f28eeb7f6..3f2b0a921a 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/ExtendedSalLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/ExtendedSalLib.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Library class definition of Extended SAL Library.
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Register ESAL Class and its associated global.
-
+
This function Registers one or more Extended SAL services in a given
class along with the associated global context.
This function is only available prior to ExitBootServices().
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Extended SAL services were registered.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED This function was called after ExitBootServices().
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to register one or more of the specified services.
- @retval Other ClassGuid could not be installed onto a new handle.
+ @retval Other ClassGuid could not be installed onto a new handle.
**/
EFI_STATUS
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ RegisterEsalClass ( /**
Calls an Extended SAL Class service that was previously registered with RegisterEsalClass().
-
+
This function calls an Extended SAL Class service that was previously registered with RegisterEsalClass().
@param ClassGuidLo GUID of function, lower 64-bits
@@ -59,11 +59,11 @@ RegisterEsalClass ( @param Arg6 Argument 6 ClassGuid/FunctionId defined
@param Arg7 Argument 7 ClassGuid/FunctionId defined
@param Arg8 Argument 8 ClassGuid/FunctionId defined
-
+
@retval EFI_SAL_ERROR The address of ExtendedSalProc() can not be determined
for the current CPU execution mode.
@retval Other See the return status from ExtendedSalProc() in the
- EXTENDED_SAL_BOOT_SERVICE_PROTOCOL.
+ EXTENDED_SAL_BOOT_SERVICE_PROTOCOL.
**/
SAL_RETURN_REGS
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ EsalCall ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalStallFunctionId service of Extended SAL Stall Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalStallFunctionId service of Extended SAL
Stall Services Class. See EsalStallFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ EsalStall ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalSetNewPalEntryFunctionId service of Extended SAL PAL Services Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalSetNewPalEntryFunctionId service of Extended SAL
PAL Services Services Class. See EsalSetNewPalEntryFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ EsalSetNewPalEntry ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalGetNewPalEntryFunctionId service of Extended SAL PAL Services Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetNewPalEntryFunctionId service of Extended SAL
PAL Services Services Class. See EsalGetNewPalEntryFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ EsalGetNewPalEntry ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalGetStateBufferFunctionId service of Extended SAL MCA Log Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetStateBufferFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MCA Log Services Class. See EsalGetStateBufferFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ EsalGetStateBuffer ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalSaveStateBufferFunctionId service of Extended SAL MCA Log Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalSaveStateBufferFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MCA Log Services Class. See EsalSaveStateBufferFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ EsalSaveStateBuffer ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalGetVectorsFunctionId service of Extended SAL Base Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetVectorsFunctionId service of Extended SAL
Base Services Class. See EsalGetVectorsFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ EsalGetVectors ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId service of Extended SAL Base Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId service of Extended SAL
Base Services Class. See EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ EsalMcGetParams ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId service of Extended SAL Base Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId service of Extended SAL
Base Services Class. See EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ EsalMcGetMcParams ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalGetMcCheckinFlagsFunctionId service of Extended SAL Base Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetMcCheckinFlagsFunctionId service of Extended SAL
Base Services Class. See EsalGetMcCheckinFlagsFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ EsalGetMcCheckinFlags ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalAddCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalAddCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalAddCpuDataFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ EsalAddCpuData ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalRemoveCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalRemoveCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalRemoveCpuDataFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ EsalRemoveCpuData ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalModifyCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalModifyCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalModifyCpuDataFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ EsalModifyCpuData ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalGetCpuDataByIdFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetCpuDataByIdFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalGetCpuDataByIdFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ EsalGetCpuDataById ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalGetCpuDataByIndexFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetCpuDataByIndexFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalGetCpuDataByIndexFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ EsalGetCpuDataByIndex ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalWhoAmIFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalWhoAmIFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalWhoAmIFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ EsalWhoAmI ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalNumProcessors service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalNumProcessors service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalNumProcessors of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ EsalNumProcessors ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalSetMinStateFnctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalSetMinStateFnctionId service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalSetMinStateFnctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ EsalSetMinState ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalGetMinStateFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetMinStateFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalGetMinStateFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ EsalGetMinState ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalMcsGetStateInfoFunctionId service of Extended SAL MCA Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalMcsGetStateInfoFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MCA Services Class. See EsalMcsGetStateInfoFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ EsalMcaGetStateInfo ( /**
Wrapper for the EsalMcaRegisterCpuFunctionId service of Extended SAL MCA Services Class.
-
+
This function is a wrapper for the EsalMcaRegisterCpuFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MCA Services Class. See EsalMcaRegisterCpuFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/ExtractGuidedSectionLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/ExtractGuidedSectionLib.h index 539b98d41a..cc6c6fff24 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/ExtractGuidedSectionLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/ExtractGuidedSectionLib.h @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ /** @file
- This library provides common functions to process the different guided section data.
-
- This library provides functions to process GUIDed sections of FFS files. Handlers may
- be registered to decode GUIDed sections of FFS files. Services are provided to determine
- the set of supported section GUIDs, collection information about a specific GUIDed section,
- and decode a specific GUIDed section.
-
- A library instance that produces this library class may be used to produce a
- EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI or a EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL
+ This library provides common functions to process the different guided section data.
+
+ This library provides functions to process GUIDed sections of FFS files. Handlers may
+ be registered to decode GUIDed sections of FFS files. Services are provided to determine
+ the set of supported section GUIDs, collection information about a specific GUIDed section,
+ and decode a specific GUIDed section.
+
+ A library instance that produces this library class may be used to produce a
+ EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI or a EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL
providing a simple method to extend the number of GUIDed sections types a platform supports.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -27,16 +27,16 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Examines a GUIDed section and returns the size of the decoded buffer and the
size of an optional scratch buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
- Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
+ Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports,
- then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+ then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
If the required information can not be retrieved from InputSection,
then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports,
then the size required to hold the decoded buffer is returned in OututBufferSize,
the size of an optional scratch buffer is returned in ScratchSize, and the Attributes field
from EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION header of InputSection is returned in SectionAttribute.
-
+
If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
If OutputBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ScratchBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -67,16 +67,16 @@ RETURN_STATUS /**
Decodes a GUIDed section into a caller allocated output buffer.
-
- Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
- If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports, then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+
+ Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
+ If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports, then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
If the data in InputSection can not be decoded, then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then InputSection
is decoded into the buffer specified by OutputBuffer and the authentication status of this
decode operation is returned in AuthenticationStatus. If the decoded buffer is identical to the
data in InputSection, then OutputBuffer is set to point at the data in InputSection. Otherwise,
the decoded data will be placed in caller allocated buffer specified by OutputBuffer.
-
+
If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
If OutputBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ScratchBuffer is NULL and this decode operation requires a scratch buffer, then ASSERT().
@@ -84,10 +84,10 @@ RETURN_STATUS @param[in] InputSection A pointer to a GUIDed section of an FFS formatted file.
- @param[out] OutputBuffer A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
+ @param[out] OutputBuffer A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
@param[out] ScratchBuffer A caller allocated buffer that may be required by this function
- as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
- @param[out] AuthenticationStatus
+ as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
+ @param[out] AuthenticationStatus
A pointer to the authentication status of the decoded output buffer.
See the definition of authentication status in the EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI
section of the PI Specification. EFI_AUTH_STATUS_PLATFORM_OVERRIDE must
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ RETURN_STATUS Registers the handlers specified by GetInfoHandler and DecodeHandler with the GUID specified by SectionGuid.
If the GUID value specified by SectionGuid has already been registered, then return RETURN_ALREADY_STARTED.
If there are not enough resources available to register the handlers then RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES is returned.
-
+
If SectionGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
If GetInfoHandler is NULL, then ASSERT().
If DecodeHandler is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ RETURN_STATUS size of the decoded buffer and the size of an optional scratch buffer
required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
@param[in] DecodeHandler Pointer to a function that decodes a GUIDed section into a caller
- allocated output buffer.
+ allocated output buffer.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The handlers were registered.
@retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to register the handlers.
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers ( Sets ExtractHandlerGuidTable so it points at a callee allocated array of registered GUIDs.
The total number of GUIDs in the array are returned. Since the array of GUIDs is callee allocated
- and caller must treat this array of GUIDs as read-only data.
+ and caller must treat this array of GUIDs as read-only data.
If ExtractHandlerGuidTable is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[out] ExtractHandlerGuidTable A pointer to the array of GUIDs that have been registered through
@@ -165,14 +165,14 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionGetGuidList ( The selected handler is used to retrieve and return the size of the decoded buffer and the size of an
optional scratch buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
- Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
+ Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
If GUID for InputSection does not match any of the GUIDs registered through ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers(),
- then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
- If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then the the associated handler
+ then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+ If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then the the associated handler
of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER that was registered with ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers()
is used to retrieve the OututBufferSize, ScratchSize, and Attributes values. The return status from the handler of
type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER is returned.
-
+
If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
If OutputBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ScratchBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionGetInfo ( IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
OUT UINT32 *OutputBufferSize,
OUT UINT32 *ScratchBufferSize,
- OUT UINT16 *SectionAttribute
+ OUT UINT16 *SectionAttribute
);
/**
@@ -208,26 +208,26 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionGetInfo ( The selected handler is used to decode the data in a GUIDed section and return the result in a caller
allocated output buffer.
- Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
+ Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
If GUID for InputSection does not match any of the GUIDs registered through ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers(),
- then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
+ then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then the the associated handler
of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER that was registered with ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers()
is used to decode InputSection into the buffer specified by OutputBuffer and the authentication status of this
decode operation is returned in AuthenticationStatus. If the decoded buffer is identical to the data in InputSection,
then OutputBuffer is set to point at the data in InputSection. Otherwise, the decoded data will be placed in caller
allocated buffer specified by OutputBuffer. This function is responsible for computing the EFI_AUTH_STATUS_PLATFORM_OVERRIDE
- bit of in AuthenticationStatus. The return status from the handler of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER is returned.
-
+ bit of in AuthenticationStatus. The return status from the handler of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER is returned.
+
If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
If OutputBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ScratchBuffer is NULL and this decode operation requires a scratch buffer, then ASSERT().
- If AuthenticationStatus is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If AuthenticationStatus is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] InputSection A pointer to a GUIDed section of an FFS formatted file.
- @param[out] OutputBuffer A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
- @param[in] ScratchBuffer A caller allocated buffer that may be required by this function as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
- @param[out] AuthenticationStatus
+ @param[out] OutputBuffer A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
+ @param[in] ScratchBuffer A caller allocated buffer that may be required by this function as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
+ @param[out] AuthenticationStatus
A pointer to the authentication status of the decoded output buffer. See the definition
of authentication status in the EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI section of the PI
Specification.
@@ -243,27 +243,27 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionDecode ( IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
OUT VOID **OutputBuffer,
IN VOID *ScratchBuffer, OPTIONAL
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
+ OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
);
/**
- Retrieves handlers of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER and
+ Retrieves handlers of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER and
EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER for a specific GUID section type.
-
- Retrieves the handlers associated with SectionGuid and returns them in
+
+ Retrieves the handlers associated with SectionGuid and returns them in
GetInfoHandler and DecodeHandler.
- If the GUID value specified by SectionGuid has not been registered, then
+ If the GUID value specified by SectionGuid has not been registered, then
return RETURN_NOT_FOUND.
-
+
If SectionGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] SectionGuid A pointer to the GUID associated with the handlersof the GUIDed
+ @param[in] SectionGuid A pointer to the GUID associated with the handlersof the GUIDed
section type being retrieved.
- @param[out] GetInfoHandler Pointer to a function that examines a GUIDed section and returns
- the size of the decoded buffer and the size of an optional scratch
- buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
- This is an optional parameter that may be NULL. If it is NULL, then
+ @param[out] GetInfoHandler Pointer to a function that examines a GUIDed section and returns
+ the size of the decoded buffer and the size of an optional scratch
+ buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
+ This is an optional parameter that may be NULL. If it is NULL, then
the previously registered handler is not returned.
@param[out] DecodeHandler Pointer to a function that decodes a GUIDed section into a caller
allocated output buffer. This is an optional parameter that may be NULL.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/FileHandleLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/FileHandleLib.h index f3423d841c..0551773481 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/FileHandleLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/FileHandleLib.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Provides interface to EFI_FILE_HANDLE functionality.
- Copyright (c) 2009 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -249,8 +249,8 @@ FileHandleFlush ( @param[in] DirHandle Handle to open file.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS DirHandle is a directory.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DirHandle is NULL.
- The file information returns from FileHandleGetInfo is NULL.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DirHandle is NULL.
+ The file information returns from FileHandleGetInfo is NULL.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND DirHandle is not a directory.
**/
EFI_STATUS
@@ -357,8 +357,8 @@ FileHandleSetSize ( /**
Function to get a full filename given a EFI_FILE_HANDLE somewhere lower on the
- directory 'stack'. If the file is a directory, then append the '\' char at the
- end of name string. If it's not a directory, then the last '\' should not be
+ directory 'stack'. If the file is a directory, then append the '\' char at the
+ end of name string. If it's not a directory, then the last '\' should not be
added.
@param[in] Handle Handle to the Directory or File to create path to.
@@ -439,11 +439,11 @@ FileHandleReturnLine( /**
Function to write a line of text to a file.
-
- If the file is a Unicode file (with UNICODE file tag) then write the unicode
+
+ If the file is a Unicode file (with UNICODE file tag) then write the unicode
text.
If the file is an ASCII file then write the ASCII text.
- If the size of file is zero (without file tag at the beginning) then write
+ If the size of file is zero (without file tag at the beginning) then write
ASCII text as default.
@param[in] Handle FileHandle to write to.
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ FileHandleReturnLine( @retval EFI_SUCCESS The data was written.
Buffer is NULL.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Handle is NULL.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Unable to allocate temporary space for ASCII
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Unable to allocate temporary space for ASCII
string due to out of resources.
@sa FileHandleWrite
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/HobLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/HobLib.h index 7cbf1343f6..383f605a9d 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/HobLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/HobLib.h @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ allows the PEI phase to pass information to the DXE phase. HOBs are position
independent and can be relocated easily to different memory locations.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ BuildModuleHob ( This function builds a HOB that describes a chunk of system memory.
It can only be invoked during PEI phase;
for DXE phase, it will ASSERT() since PEI HOB is read-only for DXE phase.
-
+
If there is no additional space for HOB creation, then ASSERT().
@param ResourceType The type of resource described by this HOB.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/IoLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/IoLib.h index b6df4c10b9..a16594d5d4 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/IoLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/IoLib.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Provide services to access I/O Ports and MMIO registers.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2017, AMD Incorporated. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
@@ -20,14 +20,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Macro that converts PCI Segment and I/O Port to an address that can be
passed to the I/O Library functions.
-
- Computes an address that is compatible with the I/O Library functions.
- The unused upper bits of Segment, and Port are stripped prior to the
+
+ Computes an address that is compatible with the I/O Library functions.
+ The unused upper bits of Segment, and Port are stripped prior to the
generation of the address.
-
+
@param Segment PCI Segment number. Range 0..65535.
@param Port I/O Port number. Range 0..65535.
-
+
@return An address that the I/o Library functions need.
**/
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ IoAnd8 ( );
/**
- Reads an 8-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
+ Reads an 8-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 8-bit I/O port.
Reads the 8-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ IoBitFieldRead8 ( Writes Value to the bit field of the I/O register. The bit field is specified
by the StartBit and the EndBit. All other bits in the destination I/O
- register are preserved. The value written to the I/O port is returned.
+ register are preserved. The value written to the I/O port is returned.
If 8-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
If StartBit is greater than 7, then ASSERT().
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ IoRead16 ( If 16-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
If Port is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param Port The I/O port to write.
@param Value The value to write to the I/O port.
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ IoOr16 ( If 16-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
If Port is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param Port The I/O port to write.
@param AndData The value to AND with the read value from the I/O port.
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ IoAnd16 ( );
/**
- Reads a 16-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
+ Reads a 16-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 16-bit I/O port.
Reads the 16-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ IoAnd16 ( If 16-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
If Port is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param Port The I/O port to write.
@param AndData The value to AND with the read value from the I/O port.
@param OrData The value to OR with the result of the AND operation.
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ IoBitFieldAndThenOr16 ( If 32-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
If Port is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param Port The I/O port to read.
@return The value read.
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ IoRead32 ( If 32-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
If Port is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param Port The I/O port to write.
@param Value The value to write to the I/O port.
@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ IoAnd32 ( );
/**
- Reads a 32-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
+ Reads a 32-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 32-bit I/O port.
Reads the 32-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ IoAnd64 ( );
/**
- Reads a 64-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
+ Reads a 64-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 64-bit I/O port.
Reads the 64-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ MmioRead8 ( @param Address The MMIO register to write.
@param Value The value to write to the MMIO register.
-
+
@return Value.
**/
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ MmioWrite8 ( Reads an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and writes the
result back to the 8-bit MMIO register.
- Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
+ Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
writes the result to the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ MmioAnd8 ( );
/**
- Reads an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
+ Reads an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 8-bit MMIO register.
Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ MmioBitFieldWrite8 ( Reads a bit field in an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and
writes the result back to the bit field in the 8-bit MMIO register.
- Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
+ Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
writes the result to the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@@ -1704,7 +1704,7 @@ MmioRead16 ( @param Address The MMIO register to write.
@param Value The value to write to the MMIO register.
-
+
@return Value.
**/
@@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ MmioWrite16 ( Reads a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and writes the
result back to the 16-bit MMIO register.
- Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
+ Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
writes the result to the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ MmioAnd16 ( );
/**
- Reads a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
+ Reads a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 16-bit MMIO register.
Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ MmioBitFieldWrite16 ( Reads a bit field in a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and
writes the result back to the bit field in the 16-bit MMIO register.
- Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
+ Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
writes the result to the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@@ -2006,7 +2006,7 @@ MmioRead32 ( @param Address The MMIO register to write.
@param Value The value to write to the MMIO register.
-
+
@return Value.
**/
@@ -2021,7 +2021,7 @@ MmioWrite32 ( Reads a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and writes the
result back to the 32-bit MMIO register.
- Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
+ Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
writes the result to the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ MmioAnd32 ( );
/**
- Reads a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
+ Reads a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 32-bit MMIO register.
Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ MmioBitFieldWrite32 ( Reads a bit field in a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and
writes the result back to the bit field in the 32-bit MMIO register.
- Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
+ Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
writes the result to the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@@ -2321,7 +2321,7 @@ MmioWrite64 ( Reads a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and writes the
result back to the 64-bit MMIO register.
- Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
+ Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
writes the result to the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@@ -2370,7 +2370,7 @@ MmioAnd64 ( );
/**
- Reads a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
+ Reads a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 64-bit MMIO register.
Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -2464,7 +2464,7 @@ MmioBitFieldWrite64 ( Reads a bit field in a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and
writes the result back to the bit field in the 64-bit MMIO register.
- Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
+ Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
writes the result to the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@@ -2578,11 +2578,11 @@ MmioBitFieldAndThenOr64 ( /**
Copy data from MMIO region to system memory by using 8-bit access.
- Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
- to system memory specified by Buffer by using 8-bit access. The total
+ Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
+ to system memory specified by Buffer by using 8-bit access. The total
number of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
+
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@@ -2604,13 +2604,13 @@ MmioReadBuffer8 ( /**
Copy data from MMIO region to system memory by using 16-bit access.
- Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
- to system memory specified by Buffer by using 16-bit access. The total
+ Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
+ to system memory specified by Buffer by using 16-bit access. The total
number of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-
+
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -2634,13 +2634,13 @@ MmioReadBuffer16 ( /**
Copy data from MMIO region to system memory by using 32-bit access.
- Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
- to system memory specified by Buffer by using 32-bit access. The total
+ Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
+ to system memory specified by Buffer by using 32-bit access. The total
number of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-
+
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -2664,13 +2664,13 @@ MmioReadBuffer32 ( /**
Copy data from MMIO region to system memory by using 64-bit access.
- Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
- to system memory specified by Buffer by using 64-bit access. The total
+ Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
+ to system memory specified by Buffer by using 64-bit access. The total
number of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-
+
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -2694,11 +2694,11 @@ MmioReadBuffer64 ( /**
Copy data from system memory to MMIO region by using 8-bit access.
- Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
- by starting address StartAddress by using 8-bit access. The total number
+ Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
+ by starting address StartAddress by using 8-bit access. The total number
of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
+
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS -Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@@ -2720,13 +2720,13 @@ MmioWriteBuffer8 ( /**
Copy data from system memory to MMIO region by using 16-bit access.
- Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
- by starting address StartAddress by using 16-bit access. The total number
+ Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
+ by starting address StartAddress by using 16-bit access. The total number
of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-
+
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS -Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -2751,13 +2751,13 @@ MmioWriteBuffer16 ( /**
Copy data from system memory to MMIO region by using 32-bit access.
- Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
- by starting address StartAddress by using 32-bit access. The total number
+ Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
+ by starting address StartAddress by using 32-bit access. The total number
of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-
+
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS -Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -2782,13 +2782,13 @@ MmioWriteBuffer32 ( /**
Copy data from system memory to MMIO region by using 64-bit access.
- Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
- by starting address StartAddress by using 64-bit access. The total number
+ Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
+ by starting address StartAddress by using 64-bit access. The total number
of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-
+
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS -Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h index 0df59e60a3..d24d1d663e 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /** @file
Provides services to allocate and free memory buffers of various memory types and alignments.
-
- The Memory Allocation Library abstracts various common memory allocation operations. This library
- allows code to be written in a phase-independent manner because the allocation of memory in PEI, DXE,
- and SMM (for example) is done via a different mechanism. Using a common library interface makes it
- much easier to port algorithms from phase to phase.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+ The Memory Allocation Library abstracts various common memory allocation operations. This library
+ allows code to be written in a phase-independent manner because the allocation of memory in PEI, DXE,
+ and SMM (for example) is done via a different mechanism. Using a common library interface makes it
+ much easier to port algorithms from phase to phase.
+
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -85,11 +85,11 @@ AllocateReservedPages ( must have been allocated on a previous call to the page allocation services of the Memory
Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
perform no actions.
-
+
If Buffer was not allocated with a page allocation function in the Memory Allocation Library,
then ASSERT().
If Pages is zero, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param Buffer Pointer to the buffer of pages to free.
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to free.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ FreePages ( alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned. If Pages is 0, then NULL is
returned. If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ AllocateAlignedPages ( alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned. If Pages is 0, then NULL is
returned. If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ AllocateAlignedRuntimePages ( alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned. If Pages is 0, then NULL is
returned. If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@@ -182,13 +182,13 @@ AllocateAlignedReservedPages ( Frees the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages from the buffer specified by Buffer. Buffer
must have been allocated on a previous call to the aligned page allocation services of the Memory
- Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
+ Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
perform no actions.
-
+
If Buffer was not allocated with an aligned page allocation function in the Memory Allocation
Library, then ASSERT().
If Pages is zero, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param Buffer Pointer to the buffer of pages to free.
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to free.
@@ -318,9 +318,9 @@ AllocateReservedZeroPool ( AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -342,9 +342,9 @@ AllocateCopyPool ( AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -366,9 +366,9 @@ AllocateRuntimeCopyPool ( AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@@ -387,18 +387,18 @@ AllocateReservedCopyPool ( Reallocates a buffer of type EfiBootServicesData.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
- EfiBootServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ EfiBootServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
+
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - OldBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -416,10 +416,10 @@ ReallocatePool ( Reallocates a buffer of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
- EfiRuntimeServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ EfiRuntimeServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ ReallocatePool ( @param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -445,10 +445,10 @@ ReallocateRuntimePool ( Reallocates a buffer of type EfiReservedMemoryType.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
- EfiReservedMemoryType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
- NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
- OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
- If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
+ EfiReservedMemoryType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
+ NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
+ OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
+ If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ ReallocateRuntimePool ( @param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
- @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
+ @param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ ReallocateReservedPool ( Frees the buffer specified by Buffer. Buffer must have been allocated on a previous call to the
pool allocation services of the Memory Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free pool
resources, then this function will perform no actions.
-
+
If Buffer was not allocated with a pool allocation function in the Memory Allocation Library,
then ASSERT().
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PalLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PalLib.h index 4458047231..ab0fa992e0 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PalLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PalLib.h @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ /** @file
Provides library services to make PAL Calls.
-
+
The PAL Library provides a service to make a PAL CALL. This service is identical
in functionality to AsmPalCall() in the functions of the Base Library specific to Intel Itanium architecture.
The only difference is that the PAL Entry Point is not passed in. Implementations
of this library class must manage PAL Entry Point on their own. For example, a PEI
implementation can use a PPI to lookup the PAL Entry Point, and a DXE implementation
- can contain a constructor to look up the PAL Entry Point from a HOB. This library class
+ can contain a constructor to look up the PAL Entry Point from a HOB. This library class
is only available on Intel Itanium-based platforms.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PcdLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PcdLib.h index 9e7e09f52c..73f63ae8c6 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PcdLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PcdLib.h @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ LibPatchPcdSetPtr() interface. For FeatureFlag/Fixed PCD, the macro interface is
translated to a variable or macro that is auto-generated by build tool in
module's autogen.h/autogen.c.
- The PcdGetXX(), PcdSetXX(), PcdToken(), and PcdGetNextTokenSpace() operations are
- only available prior to ExitBootServices(). If access to PCD values are required
+ The PcdGetXX(), PcdSetXX(), PcdToken(), and PcdGetNextTokenSpace() operations are
+ only available prior to ExitBootServices(). If access to PCD values are required
at runtime, then their values must be collected prior to ExitBootServices().
There are no restrictions on the use of FeaturePcd(), FixedPcdGetXX(),
PatchPcdGetXX(), and PatchPcdSetXX().
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
- @return The Boolean value for the token.
+ @return The Boolean value for the token.
**/
#define FixedPcdGetBool(TokenName) _PCD_VALUE_##TokenName
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
- @return A pointer to the buffer.
+ @return A pointer to the buffer.
**/
#define FixedPcdGetPtr(TokenName) ((VOID *)_PCD_VALUE_##TokenName)
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. @param TokenName The name of the binary patchable PCD token to set the current value for.
@param Value The 8-bit value to set.
-
+
@return Return the Value that was set.
**/
@@ -320,17 +320,17 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Sets a pointer to a binary patchable PCD token buffer based on a token name.
- Sets the buffer for the token specified by TokenName. Buffer is returned.
+ Sets the buffer for the token specified by TokenName. Buffer is returned.
If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size supported by TokenName, then set SizeOfBuffer
- to the maximum size supported by TokenName and return NULL to indicate that the set operation
- was not actually performed. If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be
+ to the maximum size supported by TokenName and return NULL to indicate that the set operation
+ was not actually performed. If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be
set to the maximum size supported by TokenName and NULL must be returned.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
If TokenName is not a patchable in module PCD, then the module will not build.
-
+
If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param TokenName The name of the binary patchable PCD token to set the current value for.
@param SizeOfBuffer A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param Buffer Pointer to the value to set.
@@ -348,10 +348,10 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. )
/**
Retrieves an 8-bit PCD token value based on a token name.
-
+
Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenName.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
-
+
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenName.
@@ -460,10 +460,10 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Retrieves the size of the PCD token based on a token name.
-
+
Returns the size of the token specified by TokenName.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
-
+
@param[in] TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value size for.
@return Return the size
@@ -474,11 +474,11 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Retrieve the size of a given PCD token.
-
- Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
- If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
+ If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value size for.
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@param Value The 8-bit value to set.
-
+
@return Return the Value that was set.
**/
@@ -551,17 +551,17 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Sets a pointer to a PCD token buffer based on a token name.
- Sets the buffer for the token specified by TokenName. Buffer is returned.
- If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size supported by TokenName,
- then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by TokenName and return NULL
- to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed. If SizeOfBuffer
- is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to the maximum size supported
+ Sets the buffer for the token specified by TokenName. Buffer is returned.
+ If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size supported by TokenName,
+ then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by TokenName and return NULL
+ to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed. If SizeOfBuffer
+ is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to the maximum size supported
by TokenName and NULL must be returned.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
-
+
If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
@param SizeOfBuffer A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param Buffer A pointer to the buffer to set.
@@ -571,11 +571,11 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. **/
#define PcdSetPtr(TokenName, SizeOfBuffer, Buffer) \
_PCD_SET_MODE_PTR_##TokenName ((SizeOfBuffer), (Buffer))
-
+
/**
Sets a Boolean PCD token value based on a token name.
- Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenName. Value is returned.
+ Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenName. Value is returned.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
@@ -689,9 +689,9 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Returns the token number for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
- @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
- @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
+ @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return Return the token number.
@@ -702,14 +702,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Retrieves an 8-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
- If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
+ If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
-
+
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
- @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
+ @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return An 8-bit PCD token value.
@@ -720,14 +720,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Retrieves a 16-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
- If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
+ If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
- @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
+ @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return A 16-bit PCD token value.
@@ -739,14 +739,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Retrieves a 32-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Returns the 32-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
- If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
+ If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
- @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
+ @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return A 32-bit PCD token value.
@@ -758,14 +758,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Retrieves a 64-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Returns the 64-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
- If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
+ If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
- @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
+ @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return A 64-bit PCD token value.
@@ -777,14 +777,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Retrieves a pointer to a PCD token buffer based on a GUID and a token name.
Returns a pointer to the buffer for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
- If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
+ If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
- @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
+ @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return A pointer to a PCD token buffer.
@@ -796,14 +796,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Retrieves a Boolean PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Returns the Boolean value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
- If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
+ If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
- @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
+ @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return A Boolean PCD token value.
@@ -817,15 +817,15 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Sets an 8-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Sets the 8-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
- If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
+ If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
- @param Value The 8-bit value to set.
+ @param Value The 8-bit value to set.
@return Return the Value that was set.
@@ -837,15 +837,15 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Sets a 16-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Sets the 16-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
- If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
+ If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
- @param Value The 16-bit value to set.
+ @param Value The 16-bit value to set.
@return Return the Value that was set.
@@ -857,15 +857,15 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Sets a 32-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Sets the 32-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
- If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
+ If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
- @param Value The 32-bit value to set.
+ @param Value The 32-bit value to set.
@return Return the Value that was set.
@@ -877,15 +877,15 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Sets a 64-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Sets the 64-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
- If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
+ If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
- @param Value The 64-bit value to set.
+ @param Value The 64-bit value to set.
@return Return the Value that was set.
@@ -896,25 +896,25 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Sets a pointer to a PCD token buffer based on a GUID and a token name.
- Sets the buffer for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Buffer is returned.
- If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size supported by Guid and TokenName,
- then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by Guid and TokenName and return
- NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed. If SizeOfBuffer
+ Sets the buffer for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Buffer is returned.
+ If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size supported by Guid and TokenName,
+ then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by Guid and TokenName and return
+ NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed. If SizeOfBuffer
is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to the maximum size supported by
Guid and TokenName and NULL must be returned.
- If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
+ If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
-
+
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
- @param SizeOfBuffer A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
+ @param SizeOfBuffer A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param Buffer Pointer to the buffer to set.
-
+
@return Return the pointer to the Buffer that was set.
**/
@@ -925,20 +925,20 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Sets a Boolean PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
- Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
- If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
+ Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
+ If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ @param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
- @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
+ @param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
@param Value The Boolean value to set.
@return Return the Value that was set.
-**/
+**/
#define PcdSetExBool(Guid, TokenName, Value) \
LibPcdSetExBool((Guid), PcdTokenEx(Guid,TokenName), (Value))
#endif
@@ -1088,12 +1088,12 @@ LibPcdSetSku ( /**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
+
+ Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
- @return Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
+ @return Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
**/
UINT8
@@ -1105,12 +1105,12 @@ LibPcdGet8 ( /**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
+
+ Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
- @return Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
+ @return Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
**/
UINT16
@@ -1122,8 +1122,8 @@ LibPcdGet16 ( /**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Returns the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
+
+ Returns the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ LibPcdGet32 ( /**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-
+
Returns the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@ LibPcdGet64 ( /**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-
+
Returns the pointer to the buffer of the token specified by TokenNumber.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@@ -1173,15 +1173,15 @@ LibPcdGetPtr ( /**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber.
+
+ Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
- @return Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber.
+ @return Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber.
**/
-BOOLEAN
+BOOLEAN
EFIAPI
LibPcdGetBool (
IN UINTN TokenNumber
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ LibPcdGetBool ( @param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
- @return Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber.
+ @return Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber.
**/
UINTN
@@ -1205,12 +1205,12 @@ LibPcdGetSize ( /**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-
+
Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
-
- If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@@ -1229,10 +1229,10 @@ LibPcdGetEx8 ( This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
-
- If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@@ -1249,9 +1249,9 @@ LibPcdGetEx16 ( /**
Returns the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
- If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@@ -1268,12 +1268,12 @@ LibPcdGetEx32 ( /**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-
+
Returns the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
-
- If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@@ -1290,12 +1290,12 @@ LibPcdGetEx64 ( /**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-
+
Returns the pointer to the buffer of token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
-
- If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@@ -1312,12 +1312,12 @@ LibPcdGetExPtr ( /**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
-
- If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
+
+ If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@@ -1334,12 +1334,12 @@ LibPcdGetExBool ( /**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve the size of a given PCD token.
-
- Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
-
- If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
+ Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
+
+ If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
+
+ @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@@ -1357,8 +1357,8 @@ LibPcdGetExSize ( #ifndef DISABLE_NEW_DEPRECATED_INTERFACES
/**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Sets the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
+
+ Sets the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@@ -1377,8 +1377,8 @@ LibPcdSet8 ( /**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Sets the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
+
+ Sets the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@@ -1397,8 +1397,8 @@ LibPcdSet16 ( /**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Sets the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
+
+ Sets the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@@ -1417,8 +1417,8 @@ LibPcdSet32 ( /**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Sets the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
+
+ Sets the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@@ -1437,19 +1437,19 @@ LibPcdSet64 ( /**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Sets a buffer for the token specified by TokenNumber to the value
- specified by Buffer and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned.
- If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size support by TokenNumber,
- then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by TokenNumber and
+
+ Sets a buffer for the token specified by TokenNumber to the value
+ specified by Buffer and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned.
+ If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size support by TokenNumber,
+ then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by TokenNumber and
return NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.
- If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to the
+ If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to the
maximum size supported by TokenName and NULL must be returned.
-
+
If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer The size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param[in] Buffer A pointer to the buffer to set.
@@ -1468,8 +1468,8 @@ LibPcdSetPtr ( /**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenNumber
+
+ Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenNumber
to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@@ -1488,13 +1488,13 @@ LibPcdSetBool ( /**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Sets the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
+
+ Sets the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
Guid to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
+ @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
designates which namespace to set a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@param[in] Value The 8-bit value to set.
@@ -1513,13 +1513,13 @@ LibPcdSetEx8 ( /**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Sets the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
+
+ Sets the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
Guid to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
+ @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
designates which namespace to set a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@param[in] Value The 16-bit value to set.
@@ -1538,13 +1538,13 @@ LibPcdSetEx16 ( /**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Sets the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
+
+ Sets the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
Guid to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
+ @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
designates which namespace to set a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@param[in] Value The 32-bit value to set.
@@ -1563,13 +1563,13 @@ LibPcdSetEx32 ( /**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Sets the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
+
+ Sets the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
Guid to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
+ @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
designates which namespace to set a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@param[in] Value The 64-bit value to set.
@@ -1588,18 +1588,18 @@ LibPcdSetEx64 ( /**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Sets a buffer for the token specified by TokenNumber to the value specified by
- Buffer and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned. If SizeOfBuffer is greater than
- the maximum size support by TokenNumber, then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size
- supported by TokenNumber and return NULL to indicate that the set operation
+
+ Sets a buffer for the token specified by TokenNumber to the value specified by
+ Buffer and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned. If SizeOfBuffer is greater than
+ the maximum size support by TokenNumber, then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size
+ supported by TokenNumber and return NULL to indicate that the set operation
was not actually performed.
-
+
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
+
+ @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
designates which namespace to set a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer The size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@@ -1620,13 +1620,13 @@ LibPcdSetExPtr ( /**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
-
- Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
+
+ Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
Guid to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
+ @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
designates which namespace to set a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@param[in] Value The Boolean value to set.
@@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ LibPcdSetExBoolS ( Secondly, it provides a mechanism for the module that did the registration to intercept
the set operation and override the value been set if necessary. After the invocation of
the callback function, TokenData will be used by PCD service PEIM or driver to modify th
- internal data in PCD database.
+ internal data in PCD database.
@param[in] CallBackGuid The PCD token GUID being set.
@param[in] CallBackToken The PCD token number being set.
@@ -1947,17 +1947,17 @@ VOID /**
Set up a notification function that is called when a specified token is set.
-
- When the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid is set,
- then notification function specified by NotificationFunction is called.
+
+ When the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid is set,
+ then notification function specified by NotificationFunction is called.
If Guid is NULL, then the default token space is used.
If NotificationFunction is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates which
- namespace to set a value from. If NULL, then the default
+ @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates which
+ namespace to set a value from. If NULL, then the default
token space is used.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to monitor.
- @param[in] NotificationFunction The function to call when the token
+ @param[in] NotificationFunction The function to call when the token
specified by Guid and TokenNumber is set.
**/
@@ -1972,12 +1972,12 @@ LibPcdCallbackOnSet ( /**
Disable a notification function that was established with LibPcdCallbackonSet().
-
+
Disable a notification function that was previously established with LibPcdCallbackOnSet().
If NotificationFunction is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If LibPcdCallbackOnSet() was not previously called with Guid, TokenNumber,
+ If LibPcdCallbackOnSet() was not previously called with Guid, TokenNumber,
and NotificationFunction, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param[in] Guid Specify the GUID token space.
@param[in] TokenNumber Specify the token number.
@param[in] NotificationFunction The callback function to be unregistered.
@@ -1994,24 +1994,24 @@ LibPcdCancelCallback ( /**
Retrieves the next token in a token space.
-
- Retrieves the next PCD token number from the token space specified by Guid.
- If Guid is NULL, then the default token space is used. If TokenNumber is 0,
- then the first token number is returned. Otherwise, the token number that
- follows TokenNumber in the token space is returned. If TokenNumber is the last
- token number in the token space, then 0 is returned.
-
+
+ Retrieves the next PCD token number from the token space specified by Guid.
+ If Guid is NULL, then the default token space is used. If TokenNumber is 0,
+ then the first token number is returned. Otherwise, the token number that
+ follows TokenNumber in the token space is returned. If TokenNumber is the last
+ token number in the token space, then 0 is returned.
+
If TokenNumber is not 0 and is not in the token space specified by Guid, then ASSERT().
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates which namespace
+ @param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates which namespace
to set a value from. If NULL, then the default token space is used.
- @param[in] TokenNumber The previous PCD token number. If 0, then retrieves the first PCD
+ @param[in] TokenNumber The previous PCD token number. If 0, then retrieves the first PCD
token number.
@return The next valid token number.
**/
-UINTN
+UINTN
EFIAPI
LibPcdGetNextToken (
IN CONST GUID *Guid, OPTIONAL
@@ -2022,12 +2022,12 @@ LibPcdGetNextToken ( /**
Used to retrieve the list of available PCD token space GUIDs.
-
+
Returns the PCD token space GUID that follows TokenSpaceGuid in the list of token spaces
in the platform.
If TokenSpaceGuid is NULL, then a pointer to the first PCD token spaces returned.
If TokenSpaceGuid is the last PCD token space GUID in the list, then NULL is returned.
-
+
@param TokenSpaceGuid Pointer to the a PCD token space GUID
@return The next valid token namespace.
@@ -2042,24 +2042,24 @@ LibPcdGetNextTokenSpace ( /**
Sets a value of a patchable PCD entry that is type pointer.
-
- Sets the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable to the value specified by Buffer
- and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned. If SizeOfBuffer is greater than
- MaximumDatumSize, then set SizeOfBuffer to MaximumDatumSize and return
- NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.
- If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to
+
+ Sets the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable to the value specified by Buffer
+ and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned. If SizeOfBuffer is greater than
+ MaximumDatumSize, then set SizeOfBuffer to MaximumDatumSize and return
+ NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.
+ If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to
MaximumDatumSize and NULL must be returned.
-
+
If PatchVariable is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[out] PatchVariable A pointer to the global variable in a module that is
+ @param[out] PatchVariable A pointer to the global variable in a module that is
the target of the set operation.
@param[in] MaximumDatumSize The maximum size allowed for the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable.
@param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param[in] Buffer A pointer to the buffer to used to set the target variable.
-
+
@return Return the pointer to the Buffer that was set.
**/
@@ -2091,7 +2091,7 @@ LibPatchPcdSetPtr ( @param[in] MaximumDatumSize The maximum size allowed for the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable.
@param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param[in] Buffer A pointer to the buffer to used to set the target variable.
-
+
@return The status of the set operation.
**/
@@ -2106,26 +2106,26 @@ LibPatchPcdSetPtrS ( /**
Sets a value and size of a patchable PCD entry that is type pointer.
-
- Sets the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable to the value specified by Buffer
- and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned. If SizeOfBuffer is greater than
- MaximumDatumSize, then set SizeOfBuffer to MaximumDatumSize and return
- NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.
- If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to
+
+ Sets the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable to the value specified by Buffer
+ and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned. If SizeOfBuffer is greater than
+ MaximumDatumSize, then set SizeOfBuffer to MaximumDatumSize and return
+ NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.
+ If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to
MaximumDatumSize and NULL must be returned.
-
+
If PatchVariable is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfPatchVariable is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param[out] PatchVariable A pointer to the global variable in a module that is
+ @param[out] PatchVariable A pointer to the global variable in a module that is
the target of the set operation.
@param[out] SizeOfPatchVariable A pointer to the size, in bytes, of PatchVariable.
@param[in] MaximumDatumSize The maximum size allowed for the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable.
@param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param[in] Buffer A pointer to the buffer to used to set the target variable.
-
+
@return Return the pointer to the Buffer that was set.
**/
@@ -2160,7 +2160,7 @@ LibPatchPcdSetPtrAndSize ( @param[in] MaximumDatumSize The maximum size allowed for the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable.
@param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param[in] Buffer A pointer to the buffer to used to set the target variable.
-
+
@return The status of the set operation.
**/
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PciCf8Lib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PciCf8Lib.h index 52fb142a9c..3aafe5a9bb 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PciCf8Lib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PciCf8Lib.h @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /** @file
Provides services to access PCI Configuration Space using the I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC.
-
- This library is identical to the PCI Library, except the access method for performing PCI
- configuration cycles must be through I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC. This library only allows
+
+ This library is identical to the PCI Library, except the access method for performing PCI
+ configuration cycles must be through I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC. This library only allows
access to PCI Segment #0.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -40,20 +40,20 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. (((Offset) & 0xfff) | (((Function) & 0x07) << 12) | (((Device) & 0x1f) << 15) | (((Bus) & 0xff) << 20))
/**
- Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
+ Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
SetVirtualAddressMap().
-
- Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration registers
+
+ Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration registers
associated with that PCI device may be accessed after SetVirtualAddressMap() is called.
-
+
If Address > 0x0FFFFFFF, then ASSERT().
If the register specified by Address >= 0x100, then ASSERT().
@param Address Address that encodes the PCI Bus, Device, Function and
Register.
-
+
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The PCI device was registered for runtime access.
- @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED An attempt was made to call this function
+ @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED An attempt was made to call this function
after ExitBootServices().
@retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The resources required to access the PCI device
at runtime could not be mapped.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PciExpressLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PciExpressLib.h index 6ce3fbc139..38d2d58ecf 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PciExpressLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PciExpressLib.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Provides services to access PCI Configuration Space using the MMIO PCI Express window.
-
- This library is identical to the PCI Library, except the access method for performing PCI
+
+ This library is identical to the PCI Library, except the access method for performing PCI
configuration cycles must be through the 256 MB PCI Express MMIO window whose base address
is defined by PcdPciExpressBaseAddress.
@@ -40,20 +40,20 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. #define PCI_EXPRESS_LIB_ADDRESS(Bus,Device,Function,Offset) PCI_ECAM_ADDRESS ((Bus), (Device), (Function), (Offset))
/**
- Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
+ Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
SetVirtualAddressMap().
-
- Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration
- registers associated with that PCI device may be accessed after SetVirtualAddressMap()
+
+ Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration
+ registers associated with that PCI device may be accessed after SetVirtualAddressMap()
is called.
-
+
If Address > 0x0FFFFFFF, then ASSERT().
@param Address Address that encodes the PCI Bus, Device, Function and
Register.
-
+
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The PCI device was registered for runtime access.
- @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED An attempt was made to call this function
+ @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED An attempt was made to call this function
after ExitBootServices().
@retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The resources required to access the PCI device
at runtime could not be mapped.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PciLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PciLib.h index b113ddf487..d77c8b2c61 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PciLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PciLib.h @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ /** @file
Provides services to access PCI Configuration Space.
-
- These functions perform PCI configuration cycles using the default PCI configuration
- access method. This may use I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC to perform PCI configuration accesses,
- or it may use MMIO registers relative to the PcdPciExpressBaseAddress, or it may use some
- alternate access method. Modules will typically use the PCI Library for its PCI configuration
- accesses. However, if a module requires a mix of PCI access methods, the PCI CF8 Library or
- PCI Express Library may be used in conjunction with the PCI Library. The functionality of
- these three libraries is identical. The PCI CF8 Library and PCI Express Library simply use
+
+ These functions perform PCI configuration cycles using the default PCI configuration
+ access method. This may use I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC to perform PCI configuration accesses,
+ or it may use MMIO registers relative to the PcdPciExpressBaseAddress, or it may use some
+ alternate access method. Modules will typically use the PCI Library for its PCI configuration
+ accesses. However, if a module requires a mix of PCI access methods, the PCI CF8 Library or
+ PCI Express Library may be used in conjunction with the PCI Library. The functionality of
+ these three libraries is identical. The PCI CF8 Library and PCI Express Library simply use
explicit access methods.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -41,19 +41,19 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. (((Register) & 0xfff) | (((Function) & 0x07) << 12) | (((Device) & 0x1f) << 15) | (((Bus) & 0xff) << 20))
/**
- Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
+ Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
SetVirtualAddressMap().
-
- Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration registers
+
+ Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration registers
associated with that PCI device may be accessed after SetVirtualAddressMap() is called.
-
+
If Address > 0x0FFFFFFF, then ASSERT().
@param Address Address that encodes the PCI Bus, Device, Function and
Register.
-
+
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The PCI device was registered for runtime access.
- @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED An attempt was made to call this function
+ @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED An attempt was made to call this function
after ExitBootServices().
@retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The resources required to access the PCI device
at runtime could not be mapped.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PciSegmentLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PciSegmentLib.h index 6e4fecb0b1..5eeda03988 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PciSegmentLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PciSegmentLib.h @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ /** @file
Provides services to access PCI Configuration Space on a platform with multiple PCI segments.
-
+
The PCI Segment Library function provide services to read, write, and modify the PCI configuration
- registers on PCI root bridges on any supported PCI segment. These library services take a single
- address parameter that encodes the PCI Segment, PCI Bus, PCI Device, PCI Function, and PCI Register.
+ registers on PCI root bridges on any supported PCI segment. These library services take a single
+ address parameter that encodes the PCI Segment, PCI Bus, PCI Device, PCI Function, and PCI Register.
The layout of this address parameter is as follows:
-
+
PCI Register: Bits 0..11
PCI Function Bits 12..14
PCI Device Bits 15..19
@@ -13,17 +13,17 @@ Reserved Bits 28..31. Must be 0.
PCI Segment Bits 32..47
Reserved Bits 48..63. Must be 0.
-
+
| Reserved (MBZ) | Segment | Reserved (MBZ) | Bus | Device | Function | Register |
63 48 47 32 31 28 27 20 19 15 14 12 11 0
- These functions perform PCI configuration cycles using the default PCI configuration access
- method. This may use I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC to perform PCI configuration accesses, or it
- may use MMIO registers relative to the PcdPciExpressBaseAddress, or it may use some alternate
- access method. Modules will typically use the PCI Segment Library for its PCI configuration
- accesses when PCI Segments other than Segment #0 must be accessed.
+ These functions perform PCI configuration cycles using the default PCI configuration access
+ method. This may use I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC to perform PCI configuration accesses, or it
+ may use MMIO registers relative to the PcdPciExpressBaseAddress, or it may use some alternate
+ access method. Modules will typically use the PCI Segment Library for its PCI configuration
+ accesses when PCI Segments other than Segment #0 must be accessed.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -71,16 +71,16 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. )
/**
- Register a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
+ Register a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
SetVirtualAddressMap().
-
+
If any reserved bits in Address are set, then ASSERT().
@param Address Address that encodes the PCI Bus, Device, Function and
Register.
-
+
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The PCI device was registered for runtime access.
- @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED An attempt was made to call this function
+ @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED An attempt was made to call this function
after ExitBootServices().
@retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The resources required to access the PCI device
at runtime could not be mapped.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeCoffExtraActionLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeCoffExtraActionLib.h index 6136786312..21a296d653 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeCoffExtraActionLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeCoffExtraActionLib.h @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /** @file
Provides services to perform additional actions when a PE/COFF image is loaded
- or unloaded. This is useful for environment where symbols need to be loaded
+ or unloaded. This is useful for environment where symbols need to be loaded
and unloaded to support source level debugging.
- Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ PeCoffLoaderRelocateImageExtraAction ( /**
Performs additional actions just before a PE/COFF image is unloaded. Any resources
that were allocated by PeCoffLoaderRelocateImageExtraAction() must be freed.
-
+
If ImageContext is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param ImageContext Pointer to the image context structure that describes the
PE/COFF image that is being unloaded.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeCoffGetEntryPointLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeCoffGetEntryPointLib.h index f211cf5426..280fb18685 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeCoffGetEntryPointLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeCoffGetEntryPointLib.h @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ /** @file
Provides a service to retrieve the PE/COFF entry point from a PE/COFF image.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ PeCoffLoaderGetMachineType ( /**
Returns a pointer to the PDB file name for a PE/COFF image that has been
- loaded into system memory with the PE/COFF Loader Library functions.
+ loaded into system memory with the PE/COFF Loader Library functions.
Returns the PDB file name for the PE/COFF image specified by Pe32Data. If
the PE/COFF image specified by Pe32Data is not a valid, then NULL is
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeCoffLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeCoffLib.h index 5a3f98810a..d1db92e177 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeCoffLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeCoffLib.h @@ -2,17 +2,17 @@ Provides services to load and relocate a PE/COFF image.
The PE/COFF Loader Library abstracts the implementation of a PE/COFF loader for
- IA-32, x86, IPF, and EBC processor types. The library functions are memory-based
+ IA-32, x86, IPF, and EBC processor types. The library functions are memory-based
and can be ported easily to any environment.
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
+
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. // Return status codes from the PE/COFF Loader services
//
#define IMAGE_ERROR_SUCCESS 0
-#define IMAGE_ERROR_IMAGE_READ 1
+#define IMAGE_ERROR_IMAGE_READ 1
#define IMAGE_ERROR_INVALID_PE_HEADER_SIGNATURE 2
#define IMAGE_ERROR_INVALID_MACHINE_TYPE 3
#define IMAGE_ERROR_INVALID_SUBSYSTEM 4
@@ -39,30 +39,30 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Reads contents of a PE/COFF image.
- A function of this type reads contents of the PE/COFF image specified by FileHandle. The read
- operation copies ReadSize bytes from the PE/COFF image starting at byte offset FileOffset into
- the buffer specified by Buffer. The size of the buffer actually read is returned in ReadSize.
+ A function of this type reads contents of the PE/COFF image specified by FileHandle. The read
+ operation copies ReadSize bytes from the PE/COFF image starting at byte offset FileOffset into
+ the buffer specified by Buffer. The size of the buffer actually read is returned in ReadSize.
If FileOffset specifies an offset past the end of the PE/COFF image, a ReadSize of 0 is returned.
- A function of this type must be registered in the ImageRead field of a PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT
- structure for the PE/COFF Loader Library service to function correctly. This function abstracts access
- to a PE/COFF image so it can be implemented in an environment specific manner. For example, SEC and PEI
- environments may access memory directly to read the contents of a PE/COFF image, and DXE or UEFI
- environments may require protocol services to read the contents of PE/COFF image
+ A function of this type must be registered in the ImageRead field of a PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT
+ structure for the PE/COFF Loader Library service to function correctly. This function abstracts access
+ to a PE/COFF image so it can be implemented in an environment specific manner. For example, SEC and PEI
+ environments may access memory directly to read the contents of a PE/COFF image, and DXE or UEFI
+ environments may require protocol services to read the contents of PE/COFF image
stored on FLASH, disk, or network devices.
-
+
If FileHandle is not a valid handle, then ASSERT().
If ReadSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param FileHandle Pointer to the file handle to read the PE/COFF image.
@param FileOffset Offset into the PE/COFF image to begin the read operation.
- @param ReadSize On input, the size in bytes of the requested read operation.
+ @param ReadSize On input, the size in bytes of the requested read operation.
On output, the number of bytes actually read.
@param Buffer Output buffer that contains the data read from the PE/COFF image.
-
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The specified portion of the PE/COFF image was
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The specified portion of the PE/COFF image was
read and the size return in ReadSize.
- @retval RETURN_DEVICE_ERROR The specified portion of the PE/COFF image
+ @retval RETURN_DEVICE_ERROR The specified portion of the PE/COFF image
could not be read due to a device error.
**/
@@ -110,8 +110,8 @@ typedef struct { VOID *Handle;
///
/// Caller allocated buffer of size FixupDataSize that can be optionally allocated
- /// prior to calling PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage().
- /// This buffer is filled with the information used to fix up the image.
+ /// prior to calling PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage().
+ /// This buffer is filled with the information used to fix up the image.
/// The fixups have been applied to the image and this entry is just for information.
///
VOID *FixupData;
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ typedef struct { UINT32 SectionAlignment;
///
/// Set by PeCoffLoaderGetImageInfo() to offset to the PE/COFF header.
- /// If the PE/COFF image does not start with a DOS header, this value is zero.
+ /// If the PE/COFF image does not start with a DOS header, this value is zero.
/// Otherwise, it's the offset to the PE/COFF header.
///
UINT32 PeCoffHeaderOffset;
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ typedef struct { VOID *CodeView;
///
/// Set by PeCoffLoaderLoadImage() to point to the PDB entry contained in the CodeView area.
- /// The PdbPointer points to the filename of the PDB file used for source-level debug of
+ /// The PdbPointer points to the filename of the PDB file used for source-level debug of
/// the image by a debugger.
///
CHAR8 *PdbPointer;
@@ -147,20 +147,20 @@ typedef struct { UINTN SizeOfHeaders;
///
/// Not used by this library class. Other library classes that layer on top of this library
- /// class fill in this value as part of their GetImageInfo call.
+ /// class fill in this value as part of their GetImageInfo call.
/// This allows the caller of the library to know what type of memory needs to be allocated
/// to load and relocate the image.
///
UINT32 ImageCodeMemoryType;
///
- /// Not used by this library class. Other library classes that layer on top of this library
+ /// Not used by this library class. Other library classes that layer on top of this library
/// class fill in this value as part of their GetImageInfo call.
/// This allows the caller of the library to know what type of memory needs to be allocated
/// to load and relocate the image.
///
UINT32 ImageDataMemoryType;
///
- /// Set by any of the library functions if they encounter an error.
+ /// Set by any of the library functions if they encounter an error.
///
UINT32 ImageError;
///
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ typedef struct { ///
BOOLEAN RelocationsStripped;
///
- /// Set by PeCoffLoaderGetImageInfo() to TRUE if the image is a TE image.
+ /// Set by PeCoffLoaderGetImageInfo() to TRUE if the image is a TE image.
/// For a definition of the TE Image format, see the Platform Initialization Pre-EFI
/// Initialization Core Interface Specification.
///
@@ -194,28 +194,28 @@ typedef struct { ///
PHYSICAL_ADDRESS HiiResourceData;
///
- /// Private storage for implementation specific data.
+ /// Private storage for implementation specific data.
///
- UINT64 Context;
+ UINT64 Context;
} PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT;
/**
Retrieves information about a PE/COFF image.
- Computes the PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, ImageType, ImageAddress, ImageSize,
- DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders, and
- DebugDirectoryEntryRva fields of the ImageContext structure.
- If ImageContext is NULL, then return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER.
- If the PE/COFF image accessed through the ImageRead service in the ImageContext
- structure is not a supported PE/COFF image type, then return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED.
- If any errors occur while computing the fields of ImageContext,
- then the error status is returned in the ImageError field of ImageContext.
+ Computes the PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, ImageType, ImageAddress, ImageSize,
+ DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders, and
+ DebugDirectoryEntryRva fields of the ImageContext structure.
+ If ImageContext is NULL, then return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER.
+ If the PE/COFF image accessed through the ImageRead service in the ImageContext
+ structure is not a supported PE/COFF image type, then return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED.
+ If any errors occur while computing the fields of ImageContext,
+ then the error status is returned in the ImageError field of ImageContext.
If the image is a TE image, then SectionAlignment is set to 0.
- The ImageRead and Handle fields of ImageContext structure must be valid prior
+ The ImageRead and Handle fields of ImageContext structure must be valid prior
to invoking this service.
- @param ImageContext The pointer to the image context structure that
- describes the PE/COFF image that needs to be
+ @param ImageContext The pointer to the image context structure that
+ describes the PE/COFF image that needs to be
examined by this function.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The information on the PE/COFF image was collected.
@@ -236,12 +236,12 @@ PeCoffLoaderGetImageInfo ( ImageContext as the relocation base address. Otherwise, use the DestinationAddress field
of ImageContext as the relocation base address. The caller must allocate the relocation
fixup log buffer and fill in the FixupData field of ImageContext prior to calling this function.
-
- The ImageRead, Handle, PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, Machine, ImageType, ImageAddress,
- ImageSize, DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders,
- DebugDirectoryEntryRva, EntryPoint, FixupDataSize, CodeView, PdbPointer, and FixupData of
+
+ The ImageRead, Handle, PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, Machine, ImageType, ImageAddress,
+ ImageSize, DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders,
+ DebugDirectoryEntryRva, EntryPoint, FixupDataSize, CodeView, PdbPointer, and FixupData of
the ImageContext structure must be valid prior to invoking this service.
-
+
If ImageContext is NULL, then ASSERT().
Note that if the platform does not maintain coherency between the instruction cache(s) and the data
@@ -272,10 +272,10 @@ PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage ( specified by the ImageAddress and ImageSize fields of ImageContext. The caller must allocate
the load buffer and fill in the ImageAddress and ImageSize fields prior to calling this function.
The EntryPoint, FixupDataSize, CodeView, PdbPointer and HiiResourceData fields of ImageContext are computed.
- The ImageRead, Handle, PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, Machine, ImageType, ImageAddress, ImageSize,
- DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders, and DebugDirectoryEntryRva
+ The ImageRead, Handle, PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, Machine, ImageType, ImageAddress, ImageSize,
+ DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders, and DebugDirectoryEntryRva
fields of the ImageContext structure must be valid prior to invoking this service.
-
+
If ImageContext is NULL, then ASSERT().
Note that if the platform does not maintain coherency between the instruction cache(s) and the data
@@ -305,25 +305,25 @@ PeCoffLoaderLoadImage ( /**
Reads contents of a PE/COFF image from a buffer in system memory.
-
- This is the default implementation of a PE_COFF_LOADER_READ_FILE function
- that assumes FileHandle pointer to the beginning of a PE/COFF image.
- This function reads contents of the PE/COFF image that starts at the system memory
- address specified by FileHandle. The read operation copies ReadSize bytes from the
- PE/COFF image starting at byte offset FileOffset into the buffer specified by Buffer.
+
+ This is the default implementation of a PE_COFF_LOADER_READ_FILE function
+ that assumes FileHandle pointer to the beginning of a PE/COFF image.
+ This function reads contents of the PE/COFF image that starts at the system memory
+ address specified by FileHandle. The read operation copies ReadSize bytes from the
+ PE/COFF image starting at byte offset FileOffset into the buffer specified by Buffer.
The size of the buffer actually read is returned in ReadSize.
-
+
If FileHandle is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ReadSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param FileHandle The pointer to base of the input stream
@param FileOffset Offset into the PE/COFF image to begin the read operation.
- @param ReadSize On input, the size in bytes of the requested read operation.
+ @param ReadSize On input, the size in bytes of the requested read operation.
On output, the number of bytes actually read.
@param Buffer Output buffer that contains the data read from the PE/COFF image.
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The data is read from FileOffset from the Handle into
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The data is read from FileOffset from the Handle into
the buffer.
**/
RETURN_STATUS
@@ -338,26 +338,26 @@ PeCoffLoaderImageReadFromMemory ( /**
Reapply fixups on a fixed up PE32/PE32+ image to allow virtual calling at EFI
- runtime.
-
- This function reapplies relocation fixups to the PE/COFF image specified by ImageBase
- and ImageSize so the image will execute correctly when the PE/COFF image is mapped
- to the address specified by VirtualImageBase. RelocationData must be identical
- to the FiuxupData buffer from the PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT structure
+ runtime.
+
+ This function reapplies relocation fixups to the PE/COFF image specified by ImageBase
+ and ImageSize so the image will execute correctly when the PE/COFF image is mapped
+ to the address specified by VirtualImageBase. RelocationData must be identical
+ to the FiuxupData buffer from the PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT structure
after this PE/COFF image was relocated with PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage().
Note that if the platform does not maintain coherency between the instruction cache(s) and the data
cache(s) in hardware, then the caller is responsible for performing cache maintenance operations
prior to transferring control to a PE/COFF image that is loaded using this library.
- @param ImageBase The base address of a PE/COFF image that has been loaded
+ @param ImageBase The base address of a PE/COFF image that has been loaded
and relocated into system memory.
@param VirtImageBase The request virtual address that the PE/COFF image is to
be fixed up for.
@param ImageSize The size, in bytes, of the PE/COFF image.
- @param RelocationData A pointer to the relocation data that was collected when the PE/COFF
+ @param RelocationData A pointer to the relocation data that was collected when the PE/COFF
image was relocated using PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage().
-
+
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -370,15 +370,15 @@ PeCoffLoaderRelocateImageForRuntime ( /**
Unloads a loaded PE/COFF image from memory and releases its taken resource.
- Releases any environment specific resources that were allocated when the image
- specified by ImageContext was loaded using PeCoffLoaderLoadImage().
-
+ Releases any environment specific resources that were allocated when the image
+ specified by ImageContext was loaded using PeCoffLoaderLoadImage().
+
For NT32 emulator, the PE/COFF image loaded by system needs to release.
- For real platform, the PE/COFF image loaded by Core doesn't needs to be unloaded,
+ For real platform, the PE/COFF image loaded by Core doesn't needs to be unloaded,
this function can simply return RETURN_SUCCESS.
-
+
If ImageContext is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param ImageContext Pointer to the image context structure that describes the PE/COFF
image to be unloaded.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeiCoreEntryPoint.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeiCoreEntryPoint.h index 7485f7a40e..c3d22f12b9 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeiCoreEntryPoint.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeiCoreEntryPoint.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Module entry point library for PEI core.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. @param SecCoreData Points to a data structure containing information about the PEI
core's operating environment, such as the size and location of
- temporary RAM, the stack location and the BFV location.
+ temporary RAM, the stack location and the BFV location.
@param PpiList Points to a list of one or more PPI descriptors to be installed
initially by the PEI core. An empty PPI list consists of a single
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. **/
VOID
-EFIAPI
+EFIAPI
_ModuleEntryPoint(
IN CONST EFI_SEC_PEI_HAND_OFF *SecCoreData,
IN CONST EFI_PEI_PPI_DESCRIPTOR *PpiList
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ _ModuleEntryPoint( @param SecCoreData Points to a data structure containing information about the PEI core's
operating environment, such as the size and location of temporary RAM,
- the stack location and the BFV location.
+ the stack location and the BFV location.
@param PpiList Points to a list of one or more PPI descriptors to be installed
initially by the PEI core. An empty PPI list consists of a single
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ EfiMain ( This function must be called by the PEI Core once an initial PEI Services Table has been established.
This function calls the set of library constructors for the set of library instances that a
module depends on. This include library instances that a module depends on directly and library
- instances that a module depends on indirectly through other libraries.
+ instances that a module depends on indirectly through other libraries.
This function is autogenerated by build tools and those build tools are responsible for collecting
the set of library instances, determining which ones have constructors, and calling the library
constructors in the proper order based upon the dependencies of each of the library instances.
@@ -107,13 +107,13 @@ ProcessLibraryConstructorList ( Autogenerated function that calls a set of module entry points.
This function must be called by _ModuleEntryPoint().
- This function calls the set of module entry points.
+ This function calls the set of module entry points.
This function is autogenerated by build tools and those build tools are responsible
for collecting the module entry points and calling them in a specified order.
@param SecCoreData Points to a data structure containing information about the PEI
core's operating environment, such as the size and location of
- temporary RAM, the stack location and the BFV location.
+ temporary RAM, the stack location and the BFV location.
@param PpiList Points to a list of one or more PPI descriptors to be installed
initially by the PEI core. An empty PPI list consists of a single
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ ProcessLibraryConstructorList ( As part of its initialization phase, the PEI Foundation will add
these SEC-hosted PPIs to its PPI database such that both the PEI
Foundation and any modules can leverage the associated service calls
- and/or code in these early PPIs.
+ and/or code in these early PPIs.
@param Context A pointer to a private context structure defined by the PEI Core
implementation. The implementation of _ModuleEntryPoint() must set
this parameter is NULL to indicate that this is the first PEI phase.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeiServicesLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeiServicesLib.h index 7cea34000c..8db35e6431 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeiServicesLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeiServicesLib.h @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ PeiServicesFfsFindSectionData ( @param SectionType The value of the section type to find.
@param SectionInstance Section instance to find.
- @param FileHandle A pointer to the file header that contains the set
+ @param FileHandle A pointer to the file header that contains the set
of sections to be searched.
@param SectionData A pointer to the discovered section, if successful.
@param AuthenticationStatus A pointer to the authentication status for this section.
@@ -337,9 +337,9 @@ PeiServicesResetSystem ( /**
- This service is a wrapper for the PEI Service FfsFindByName(), except the pointer to the PEI Services
- Table has been removed. See the Platform Initialization Pre-EFI Initialization Core Interface
- Specification for details.
+ This service is a wrapper for the PEI Service FfsFindByName(), except the pointer to the PEI Services
+ Table has been removed. See the Platform Initialization Pre-EFI Initialization Core Interface
+ Specification for details.
@param FileName A pointer to the name of the file to
find within the firmware volume.
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ PeiServicesResetSystem ( @param VolumeHandle The firmware volume to search FileHandle
Upon exit, points to the found file's
handle or NULL if it could not be found.
- @param FileHandle Pointer to found file handle
+ @param FileHandle Pointer to found file handle
@retval EFI_SUCCESS File was found.
@@ -367,9 +367,9 @@ PeiServicesFfsFindFileByName ( /**
- This service is a wrapper for the PEI Service FfsGetFileInfo(), except the pointer to the PEI Services
- Table has been removed. See the Platform Initialization Pre-EFI Initialization Core Interface
- Specification for details.
+ This service is a wrapper for the PEI Service FfsGetFileInfo(), except the pointer to the PEI Services
+ Table has been removed. See the Platform Initialization Pre-EFI Initialization Core Interface
+ Specification for details.
@param FileHandle Handle of the file.
@@ -377,15 +377,15 @@ PeiServicesFfsFindFileByName ( information.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
-
+
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not
represent a valid file.
-
+
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
+EFIAPI
PeiServicesFfsGetFileInfo (
IN CONST EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
OUT EFI_FV_FILE_INFO *FileInfo
@@ -402,12 +402,12 @@ PeiServicesFfsGetFileInfo ( information.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
-
+
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not
represent a valid file.
-
+
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -417,9 +417,9 @@ PeiServicesFfsGetFileInfo2 ( );
/**
- This service is a wrapper for the PEI Service FfsGetVolumeInfo(), except the pointer to the PEI Services
- Table has been removed. See the Platform Initialization Pre-EFI Initialization Core Interface
- Specification for details.
+ This service is a wrapper for the PEI Service FfsGetVolumeInfo(), except the pointer to the PEI Services
+ Table has been removed. See the Platform Initialization Pre-EFI Initialization Core Interface
+ Specification for details.
@param VolumeHandle Handle of the volume.
@@ -427,10 +427,10 @@ PeiServicesFfsGetFileInfo2 ( information.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
-
+
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not
represent a valid file.
-
+
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
**/
@@ -443,13 +443,13 @@ PeiServicesFfsGetVolumeInfo ( /**
- This service is a wrapper for the PEI Service RegisterForShadow(), except the pointer to the PEI Services
- Table has been removed. See the Platform Initialization Pre-EFI Initialization Core Interface
- Specification for details.
+ This service is a wrapper for the PEI Service RegisterForShadow(), except the pointer to the PEI Services
+ Table has been removed. See the Platform Initialization Pre-EFI Initialization Core Interface
+ Specification for details.
@param FileHandle PEIM's file handle. Must be the currently
executing PEIM.
-
+
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The PEIM was successfully registered for
shadowing.
@@ -467,25 +467,25 @@ PeiServicesRegisterForShadow ( /**
Install a EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_INFO_PPI instance so the PEI Core will be notified about a new firmware volume.
-
- This function allocates, initializes, and installs a new EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_INFO_PPI using
+
+ This function allocates, initializes, and installs a new EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_INFO_PPI using
the parameters passed in to initialize the fields of the EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_INFO_PPI instance.
If the resources can not be allocated for EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_INFO_PPI, then ASSERT().
If the EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_INFO_PPI can not be installed, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param FvFormat Unique identifier of the format of the memory-mapped firmware volume.
- This parameter is optional and may be NULL.
+ This parameter is optional and may be NULL.
If NULL is specified, the EFI_FIRMWARE_FILE_SYSTEM2_GUID format is assumed.
- @param FvInfo Points to a buffer which allows the EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI to process the volume.
- The format of this buffer is specific to the FvFormat. For memory-mapped firmware volumes,
+ @param FvInfo Points to a buffer which allows the EFI_PEI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_PPI to process the volume.
+ The format of this buffer is specific to the FvFormat. For memory-mapped firmware volumes,
this typically points to the first byte of the firmware volume.
- @param FvInfoSize The size, in bytes, of FvInfo. For memory-mapped firmware volumes,
+ @param FvInfoSize The size, in bytes, of FvInfo. For memory-mapped firmware volumes,
this is typically the size of the firmware volume.
- @param ParentFvName If the new firmware volume originated from a file in a different firmware volume,
+ @param ParentFvName If the new firmware volume originated from a file in a different firmware volume,
then this parameter specifies the GUID name of the originating firmware volume.
Otherwise, this parameter must be NULL.
- @param ParentFileName If the new firmware volume originated from a file in a different firmware volume,
+ @param ParentFileName If the new firmware volume originated from a file in a different firmware volume,
then this parameter specifies the GUID file name of the originating firmware file.
Otherwise, this parameter must be NULL.
**/
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeiServicesTablePointerLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeiServicesTablePointerLib.h index 7ea6cc10c5..ff05fcafae 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeiServicesTablePointerLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeiServicesTablePointerLib.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Provides a service to retrieve a pointer to the PEI Services Table.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Retrieves the cached value of the PEI Services Table pointer.
- Returns the cached value of the PEI Services Table pointer in a CPU specific manner
- as specified in the CPU binding section of the Platform Initialization Pre-EFI
+ Returns the cached value of the PEI Services Table pointer in a CPU specific manner
+ as specified in the CPU binding section of the Platform Initialization Pre-EFI
Initialization Core Interface Specification.
-
+
If the cached PEI Services Table pointer is NULL, then ASSERT().
@return The pointer to PeiServices.
@@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ GetPeiServicesTablePointer ( );
/**
- Caches a pointer PEI Services Table.
-
- Caches the pointer to the PEI Services Table specified by PeiServicesTablePointer
- in a CPU specific manner as specified in the CPU binding section of the Platform Initialization
- Pre-EFI Initialization Core Interface Specification.
-
+ Caches a pointer PEI Services Table.
+
+ Caches the pointer to the PEI Services Table specified by PeiServicesTablePointer
+ in a CPU specific manner as specified in the CPU binding section of the Platform Initialization
+ Pre-EFI Initialization Core Interface Specification.
+
If PeiServicesTablePointer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param PeiServicesTablePointer The address of PeiServices pointer.
**/
VOID
@@ -51,16 +51,16 @@ SetPeiServicesTablePointer ( );
/**
- Perform CPU specific actions required to migrate the PEI Services Table
+ Perform CPU specific actions required to migrate the PEI Services Table
pointer from temporary RAM to permanent RAM.
- For IA32 CPUs, the PEI Services Table pointer is stored in the 4 bytes
+ For IA32 CPUs, the PEI Services Table pointer is stored in the 4 bytes
immediately preceding the Interrupt Descriptor Table (IDT) in memory.
- For X64 CPUs, the PEI Services Table pointer is stored in the 8 bytes
+ For X64 CPUs, the PEI Services Table pointer is stored in the 8 bytes
immediately preceding the Interrupt Descriptor Table (IDT) in memory.
For Itanium and ARM CPUs, a the PEI Services Table Pointer is stored in
- a dedicated CPU register. This means that there is no memory storage
- associated with storing the PEI Services Table pointer, so no additional
+ a dedicated CPU register. This means that there is no memory storage
+ associated with storing the PEI Services Table pointer, so no additional
migration actions are required for Itanium or ARM CPUs.
**/
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeimEntryPoint.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeimEntryPoint.h index f4b752ef96..7eb844dd93 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeimEntryPoint.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PeimEntryPoint.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Module entry point library for PEIM.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. #define __MODULE_ENTRY_POINT_H__
///
-/// Declare the EFI/UEFI Specification Revision to which this driver is implemented
+/// Declare the EFI/UEFI Specification Revision to which this driver is implemented
///
extern CONST UINT32 _gPeimRevision;
@@ -24,11 +24,11 @@ extern CONST UINT32 _gPeimRevision; /**
The entry point of PE/COFF Image for a PEIM.
- This function is the entry point for a PEIM. This function must call ProcessLibraryConstructorList()
+ This function is the entry point for a PEIM. This function must call ProcessLibraryConstructorList()
and ProcessModuleEntryPointList(). The return value from ProcessModuleEntryPointList() is returned.
If _gPeimRevision is not zero and PeiServices->Hdr.Revision is less than _gPeimRevison, then ASSERT().
- @param FileHandle Handle of the file being invoked.
+ @param FileHandle Handle of the file being invoked.
@param PeiServices Describes the list of possible PEI Services.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The PEIM executed normally.
@@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ _ModuleEntryPoint ( /**
Required by the EBC compiler and identical in functionality to _ModuleEntryPoint().
-
+
This function is required to call _ModuleEntryPoint() passing in FileHandle and PeiServices.
- @param FileHandle Handle of the file being invoked.
+ @param FileHandle Handle of the file being invoked.
@param PeiServices Describes the list of possible PEI Services.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The PEIM executed normally.
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ EfiMain ( This function must be called by _ModuleEntryPoint().
This function calls the set of library constructors for the set of library instances that a
module depends on. This includes library instances that a module depends on directly and library
- instances that a module depends on indirectly through other libraries.
+ instances that a module depends on indirectly through other libraries.
This function is autogenerated by build tools and those build tools are responsible for collecting
the set of library instances, determine which ones have constructors, and calling the library
constructors in the proper order based upon each of the library instances own dependencies.
@@ -88,16 +88,16 @@ ProcessLibraryConstructorList ( Autogenerated function that calls a set of module entry points.
This function must be called by _ModuleEntryPoint().
- This function calls the set of module entry points.
+ This function calls the set of module entry points.
This function is autogenerated by build tools and those build tools are responsible
for collecting the module entry points and calling them in a specified order.
- @param FileHandle Handle of the file being invoked.
+ @param FileHandle Handle of the file being invoked.
@param PeiServices Describes the list of possible PEI Services.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The PEIM executed normally.
@retval !EFI_SUCCESS The PEIM failed to execute normally.
-
+
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PerformanceLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PerformanceLib.h index 8a8f5e3694..100fd8d0ca 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PerformanceLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PerformanceLib.h @@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. #define PERF_GENERAL_TYPE 0x0040
/**
- Creates a record for the beginning of a performance measurement.
-
+ Creates a record for the beginning of a performance measurement.
+
Creates a record that contains the Handle, Token, and Module.
If TimeStamp is not zero, then TimeStamp is added to the record as the start time.
If TimeStamp is zero, then this function reads the current time stamp
@@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ StartPerformanceMeasurement ( );
/**
- Fills in the end time of a performance measurement.
-
+ Fills in the end time of a performance measurement.
+
Looks up the record that matches Handle, Token, and Module.
If the record can not be found then return RETURN_NOT_FOUND.
If the record is found and TimeStamp is not zero,
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ EndPerformanceMeasurement ( );
/**
- Attempts to retrieve a performance measurement log entry from the performance measurement log.
+ Attempts to retrieve a performance measurement log entry from the performance measurement log.
It can also retrieve the log created by StartPerformanceMeasurementEx and EndPerformanceMeasurementEx,
and then eliminate the Identifier.
@@ -147,9 +147,9 @@ EndPerformanceMeasurement ( 0, then the first performance measurement log entry is retrieved.
On exit, the key of the next performance lof entry entry.
@param Handle Pointer to environment specific context used to identify the component
- being measured.
+ being measured.
@param Token Pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string that identifies the component
- being measured.
+ being measured.
@param Module Pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string that identifies the module
being measured.
@param StartTimeStamp Pointer to the 64-bit time stamp that was recorded when the measurement
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ EndPerformanceMeasurement ( UINTN
EFIAPI
GetPerformanceMeasurement (
- IN UINTN LogEntryKey,
+ IN UINTN LogEntryKey,
OUT CONST VOID **Handle,
OUT CONST CHAR8 **Token,
OUT CONST CHAR8 **Module,
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ EndPerformanceMeasurementEx ( UINTN
EFIAPI
GetPerformanceMeasurementEx (
- IN UINTN LogEntryKey,
+ IN UINTN LogEntryKey,
OUT CONST VOID **Handle,
OUT CONST CHAR8 **Token,
OUT CONST CHAR8 **Module,
@@ -293,8 +293,8 @@ GetPerformanceMeasurementEx ( );
/**
- Returns TRUE if the performance measurement macros are enabled.
-
+ Returns TRUE if the performance measurement macros are enabled.
+
This function returns TRUE if the PERFORMANCE_LIBRARY_PROPERTY_MEASUREMENT_ENABLED bit of
PcdPerformanceLibraryPropertyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PostCodeLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PostCodeLib.h index 9a7a9e6a99..74b5ad7f8b 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PostCodeLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PostCodeLib.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Provides services to send progress/error codes to a POST card.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -21,14 +21,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Sends a 32-bit value to a POST card.
- Sends the 32-bit value specified by Value to a POST card, and returns Value.
- Some implementations of this library function may perform I/O operations
- directly to a POST card device. Other implementations may send Value to
- ReportStatusCode(), and the status code reporting mechanism will eventually
+ Sends the 32-bit value specified by Value to a POST card, and returns Value.
+ Some implementations of this library function may perform I/O operations
+ directly to a POST card device. Other implementations may send Value to
+ ReportStatusCode(), and the status code reporting mechanism will eventually
display the 32-bit value on the status reporting device.
-
- PostCode() must actively prevent recursion. If PostCode() is called while
- processing another Post Code Library function, then
+
+ PostCode() must actively prevent recursion. If PostCode() is called while
+ processing another Post Code Library function, then
PostCode() must return Value immediately.
@param Value The 32-bit value to write to the POST card.
@@ -47,21 +47,21 @@ PostCode ( Sends a 32-bit value to a POST and associated ASCII string.
Sends the 32-bit value specified by Value to a POST card, and returns Value.
- If Description is not NULL, then the ASCII string specified by Description is
- also passed to the handler that displays the POST card value. Some
- implementations of this library function may perform I/O operations directly
- to a POST card device. Other implementations may send Value to ReportStatusCode(),
- and the status code reporting mechanism will eventually display the 32-bit
- value on the status reporting device.
-
- PostCodeWithDescription()must actively prevent recursion. If
- PostCodeWithDescription() is called while processing another any other Post
- Code Library function, then PostCodeWithDescription() must return Value
+ If Description is not NULL, then the ASCII string specified by Description is
+ also passed to the handler that displays the POST card value. Some
+ implementations of this library function may perform I/O operations directly
+ to a POST card device. Other implementations may send Value to ReportStatusCode(),
+ and the status code reporting mechanism will eventually display the 32-bit
+ value on the status reporting device.
+
+ PostCodeWithDescription()must actively prevent recursion. If
+ PostCodeWithDescription() is called while processing another any other Post
+ Code Library function, then PostCodeWithDescription() must return Value
immediately.
@param Value The 32-bit value to write to the POST card.
- @param Description Pointer to an ASCII string that is a description of the
- POST code value. This is an optional parameter that may
+ @param Description Pointer to an ASCII string that is a description of the
+ POST code value. This is an optional parameter that may
be NULL.
@return The 32-bit value to write to the POST card.
@@ -78,12 +78,12 @@ PostCodeWithDescription ( /**
Returns TRUE if POST Codes are enabled.
- This function returns TRUE if the POST_CODE_PROPERTY_POST_CODE_ENABLED
+ This function returns TRUE if the POST_CODE_PROPERTY_POST_CODE_ENABLED
bit of PcdPostCodePropertyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
- @retval TRUE The POST_CODE_PROPERTY_POST_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ @retval TRUE The POST_CODE_PROPERTY_POST_CODE_ENABLED bit of
PcdPostCodeProperyMask is set.
- @retval FALSE The POST_CODE_PROPERTY_POST_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ @retval FALSE The POST_CODE_PROPERTY_POST_CODE_ENABLED bit of
PcdPostCodeProperyMask is clear.
**/
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ PostCodeDescriptionEnabled ( /**
Sends a 32-bit value to a POST card.
- If POST codes are enabled in PcdPostCodeProperyMask, then call PostCode()
+ If POST codes are enabled in PcdPostCodeProperyMask, then call PostCode()
passing in Value. Value is returned.
@param Value The 32-bit value to write to the POST card.
@@ -129,13 +129,13 @@ PostCodeDescriptionEnabled ( /**
Sends a 32-bit value to a POST and associated ASCII string.
- If POST codes and POST code descriptions are enabled in
- PcdPostCodeProperyMask, then call PostCodeWithDescription() passing in
- Value and Description. If only POST codes are enabled, then call PostCode()
+ If POST codes and POST code descriptions are enabled in
+ PcdPostCodeProperyMask, then call PostCodeWithDescription() passing in
+ Value and Description. If only POST codes are enabled, then call PostCode()
passing in Value. Value is returned.
@param Value The 32-bit value to write to the POST card.
- @param Description Pointer to an ASCII string that is a description of the
+ @param Description Pointer to an ASCII string that is a description of the
POST code value.
@return Value The 32-bit value to write to the POST card.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PrintLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PrintLib.h index 80a4fd21d3..13dc565248 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/PrintLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/PrintLib.h @@ -2,45 +2,45 @@ Provides services to print a formatted string to a buffer. All combinations of
Unicode and ASCII strings are supported.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
- The Print Library functions provide a simple means to produce formatted output
- strings. Many of the output functions use a format string to describe how to
- format the output of variable arguments. The format string consists of normal
- text and argument descriptors. There are no restrictions for how the normal
- text and argument descriptors can be mixed. The following end of line(EOL)
+ The Print Library functions provide a simple means to produce formatted output
+ strings. Many of the output functions use a format string to describe how to
+ format the output of variable arguments. The format string consists of normal
+ text and argument descriptors. There are no restrictions for how the normal
+ text and argument descriptors can be mixed. The following end of line(EOL)
translations must be performed on the contents of the format string:
-
+
- '\\r' is translated to '\\r'
- '\\r\\n' is translated to '\\r\\n'
- - '\\n' is translated to '\\r\\n'
+ - '\\n' is translated to '\\r\\n'
- '\\n\\r' is translated to '\\r\\n'
-
- This does not follow the ANSI C standard for sprint(). The format of argument
- descriptors is described below. The ANSI C standard for sprint() has been
- followed for some of the format types, and has not been followed for others.
+
+ This does not follow the ANSI C standard for sprint(). The format of argument
+ descriptors is described below. The ANSI C standard for sprint() has been
+ followed for some of the format types, and has not been followed for others.
The exceptions are noted below.
%[flags][width][.precision]type
[flags]:
- - -
- - The field is left justified. If not flag is not specified, then the
+ - -
+ - The field is left justified. If not flag is not specified, then the
field is right justified.
- - space
+ - space
- Prefix a space character to a number. Only valid for types X, x, and d.
- - +
- - Prefix a plus character to a number. Only valid for types X, x, and d.
+ - +
+ - Prefix a plus character to a number. Only valid for types X, x, and d.
If both space and + are specified, then space is ignored.
- 0
- - Pad with 0 characters to the left of a number. Only valid for types
+ - Pad with 0 characters to the left of a number. Only valid for types
X, x, and d.
- ,
- Place a comma every 3rd digit of the number. Only valid for type d.
@@ -53,20 +53,20 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. [width]:
- *
- - The width of the field is specified by a UINTN argument in the
+ - The width of the field is specified by a UINTN argument in the
argument list.
- number
- - The number specified as a decimal value represents the width of
+ - The number specified as a decimal value represents the width of
the field.
- NOTE: If [width] is not specified, then a field width of 0 is assumed.
[.precision]:
- *
- - The precision of the field is specified by a UINTN argument in the
+ - The precision of the field is specified by a UINTN argument in the
argument list.
- number
- - The number specified as a decimal value represents the precision of
+ - The number specified as a decimal value represents the precision of
the field.
- NOTE: If [.precision] is not specified, then a precision of 0 is assumed.
@@ -75,102 +75,102 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. - %
- Print a %%.
- c
- - The argument is a Unicode character. ASCII characters can be printed
+ - The argument is a Unicode character. ASCII characters can be printed
using this type too by making sure bits 8..15 of the argument are set to 0.
- x
- - The argument is an unsigned hexadecimal number. The characters used are 0..9 and
- A..F. If the flag 'L' is not specified, then the argument is assumed
+ - The argument is an unsigned hexadecimal number. The characters used are 0..9 and
+ A..F. If the flag 'L' is not specified, then the argument is assumed
to be size int. This does not follow ANSI C.
- X
- - The argument is an unsigned hexadecimal number and the number is padded with
- zeros. This is equivalent to a format string of "0x". If the flag
- 'L' is not specified, then the argument is assumed to be size int.
+ - The argument is an unsigned hexadecimal number and the number is padded with
+ zeros. This is equivalent to a format string of "0x". If the flag
+ 'L' is not specified, then the argument is assumed to be size int.
This does not follow ANSI C.
- d
- - The argument is a signed decimal number. If the flag 'L' is not specified,
- then the argument is assumed to be size int.
+ - The argument is a signed decimal number. If the flag 'L' is not specified,
+ then the argument is assumed to be size int.
- u
- - The argument is a unsigned decimal number. If the flag 'L' is not specified,
+ - The argument is a unsigned decimal number. If the flag 'L' is not specified,
then the argument is assumed to be size int.
- p
- - The argument is a pointer that is a (VOID *), and it is printed as an
+ - The argument is a pointer that is a (VOID *), and it is printed as an
unsigned hexadecimal number The characters used are 0..9 and A..F.
- a
- - The argument is a pointer to an ASCII string.
+ - The argument is a pointer to an ASCII string.
This does not follow ANSI C.
- S, s
- - The argument is a pointer to a Unicode string.
+ - The argument is a pointer to a Unicode string.
This does not follow ANSI C.
- g
- - The argument is a pointer to a GUID structure. The GUID is printed
- in the format XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX.
+ - The argument is a pointer to a GUID structure. The GUID is printed
+ in the format XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX.
This does not follow ANSI C.
- t
- - The argument is a pointer to an EFI_TIME structure. The time and
- date are printed in the format "mm/dd/yyyy hh:mm" where mm is the
- month zero padded, dd is the day zero padded, yyyy is the year zero
- padded, hh is the hour zero padded, and mm is minutes zero padded.
- This does not follow ANSI C.
+ - The argument is a pointer to an EFI_TIME structure. The time and
+ date are printed in the format "mm/dd/yyyy hh:mm" where mm is the
+ month zero padded, dd is the day zero padded, yyyy is the year zero
+ padded, hh is the hour zero padded, and mm is minutes zero padded.
+ This does not follow ANSI C.
- r
- - The argument is a RETURN_STATUS value. This value is converted to
- a string following the table below. This does not follow ANSI C.
- - RETURN_SUCCESS
+ - The argument is a RETURN_STATUS value. This value is converted to
+ a string following the table below. This does not follow ANSI C.
+ - RETURN_SUCCESS
- "Success"
- - RETURN_LOAD_ERROR
+ - RETURN_LOAD_ERROR
- "Load Error"
- - RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER
+ - RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER
- "Invalid Parameter"
- - RETURN_UNSUPPORTED
+ - RETURN_UNSUPPORTED
- "Unsupported"
- - RETURN_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE
+ - RETURN_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE
- "Bad Buffer Size"
- - RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ - RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
- "Buffer Too Small"
- - RETURN_NOT_READY
+ - RETURN_NOT_READY
- "Not Ready"
- - RETURN_DEVICE_ERROR
+ - RETURN_DEVICE_ERROR
- "Device Error"
- - RETURN_WRITE_PROTECTED
+ - RETURN_WRITE_PROTECTED
- "Write Protected"
- - RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES
+ - RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES
- "Out of Resources"
- - RETURN_VOLUME_CORRUPTED
+ - RETURN_VOLUME_CORRUPTED
- "Volume Corrupt"
- - RETURN_VOLUME_FULL
+ - RETURN_VOLUME_FULL
- "Volume Full"
- - RETURN_NO_MEDIA
+ - RETURN_NO_MEDIA
- "No Media"
- - RETURN_MEDIA_CHANGED
+ - RETURN_MEDIA_CHANGED
- "Media changed"
- - RETURN_NOT_FOUND
+ - RETURN_NOT_FOUND
- "Not Found"
- - RETURN_ACCESS_DENIED
+ - RETURN_ACCESS_DENIED
- "Access Denied"
- - RETURN_NO_RESPONSE
+ - RETURN_NO_RESPONSE
- "No Response"
- - RETURN_NO_MAPPING
+ - RETURN_NO_MAPPING
- "No mapping"
- - RETURN_TIMEOUT
+ - RETURN_TIMEOUT
- "Time out"
- - RETURN_NOT_STARTED
+ - RETURN_NOT_STARTED
- "Not started"
- - RETURN_ALREADY_STARTED
+ - RETURN_ALREADY_STARTED
- "Already started"
- - RETURN_ABORTED
+ - RETURN_ABORTED
- "Aborted"
- - RETURN_ICMP_ERROR
+ - RETURN_ICMP_ERROR
- "ICMP Error"
- - RETURN_TFTP_ERROR
+ - RETURN_TFTP_ERROR
- "TFTP Error"
- - RETURN_PROTOCOL_ERROR
+ - RETURN_PROTOCOL_ERROR
- "Protocol Error"
- - RETURN_WARN_UNKNOWN_GLYPH
+ - RETURN_WARN_UNKNOWN_GLYPH
- "Warning Unknown Glyph"
- - RETURN_WARN_DELETE_FAILURE
+ - RETURN_WARN_DELETE_FAILURE
- "Warning Delete Failure"
- - RETURN_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE
+ - RETURN_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE
- "Warning Write Failure"
- - RETURN_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
+ - RETURN_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
- "Warning Buffer Too Small"
**/
@@ -180,9 +180,9 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. ///
/// Define the maximum number of characters that are required to
-/// encode with a NULL terminator a decimal, hexadecimal, GUID,
+/// encode with a NULL terminator a decimal, hexadecimal, GUID,
/// or TIME value.
-///
+///
/// Maximum Length Decimal String = 28
/// "-9,223,372,036,854,775,808"
/// Maximum Length Hexadecimal String = 17
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. #define MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS 38
///
-/// Flags bitmask values use in UnicodeValueToString() and
+/// Flags bitmask values use in UnicodeValueToString() and
/// AsciiValueToString()
///
#define LEFT_JUSTIFY 0x01
@@ -497,26 +497,26 @@ UnicodeSPrintAsciiFormat ( [ATTENTION] This function is deprecated for security reason.
Converts a decimal value to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- Converts the decimal number specified by Value to a Null-terminated Unicode
- string specified by Buffer containing at most Width characters. No padding of spaces
+
+ Converts the decimal number specified by Value to a Null-terminated Unicode
+ string specified by Buffer containing at most Width characters. No padding of spaces
is ever performed. If Width is 0 then a width of MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS is assumed.
The number of Unicode characters in Buffer is returned, not including the Null-terminator.
If the conversion contains more than Width characters, then only the first
- Width characters are returned, and the total number of characters
+ Width characters are returned, and the total number of characters
required to perform the conversion is returned.
- Additional conversion parameters are specified in Flags.
-
+ Additional conversion parameters are specified in Flags.
+
The Flags bit LEFT_JUSTIFY is always ignored.
All conversions are left justified in Buffer.
If Width is 0, PREFIX_ZERO is ignored in Flags.
If COMMA_TYPE is set in Flags, then PREFIX_ZERO is ignored in Flags, and commas
are inserted every 3rd digit starting from the right.
- If RADIX_HEX is set in Flags, then the output buffer will be
+ If RADIX_HEX is set in Flags, then the output buffer will be
formatted in hexadecimal format.
If Value is < 0 and RADIX_HEX is not set in Flags, then the fist character in Buffer is a '-'.
- If PREFIX_ZERO is set in Flags and PREFIX_ZERO is not being ignored,
- then Buffer is padded with '0' characters so the combination of the optional '-'
+ If PREFIX_ZERO is set in Flags and PREFIX_ZERO is not being ignored,
+ then Buffer is padded with '0' characters so the combination of the optional '-'
sign character, '0' characters, digit characters for Value, and the Null-terminator
add up to Width characters.
If both COMMA_TYPE and RADIX_HEX are set in Flags, then ASSERT().
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ UnicodeSPrintAsciiFormat ( @param Value The 64-bit signed value to convert to a string.
@param Width The maximum number of Unicode characters to place in Buffer, not including
the Null-terminator.
-
+
@return The number of Unicode characters in Buffer, not including the Null-terminator.
**/
@@ -894,29 +894,29 @@ AsciiSPrintUnicodeFormat ( [ATTENTION] This function is deprecated for security reason.
Converts a decimal value to a Null-terminated ASCII string.
-
- Converts the decimal number specified by Value to a Null-terminated ASCII string
- specified by Buffer containing at most Width characters. No padding of spaces
+
+ Converts the decimal number specified by Value to a Null-terminated ASCII string
+ specified by Buffer containing at most Width characters. No padding of spaces
is ever performed.
If Width is 0 then a width of MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS is assumed.
The number of ASCII characters in Buffer is returned, not including the Null-terminator.
If the conversion contains more than Width characters, then only the first Width
characters are returned, and the total number of characters required to perform
the conversion is returned.
- Additional conversion parameters are specified in Flags.
+ Additional conversion parameters are specified in Flags.
The Flags bit LEFT_JUSTIFY is always ignored.
All conversions are left justified in Buffer.
If Width is 0, PREFIX_ZERO is ignored in Flags.
If COMMA_TYPE is set in Flags, then PREFIX_ZERO is ignored in Flags, and commas
are inserted every 3rd digit starting from the right.
- If RADIX_HEX is set in Flags, then the output buffer will be
+ If RADIX_HEX is set in Flags, then the output buffer will be
formatted in hexadecimal format.
If Value is < 0 and RADIX_HEX is not set in Flags, then the fist character in Buffer is a '-'.
- If PREFIX_ZERO is set in Flags and PREFIX_ZERO is not being ignored,
- then Buffer is padded with '0' characters so the combination of the optional '-'
+ If PREFIX_ZERO is set in Flags and PREFIX_ZERO is not being ignored,
+ then Buffer is padded with '0' characters so the combination of the optional '-'
sign character, '0' characters, digit characters for Value, and the Null-terminator
add up to Width characters.
-
+
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If unsupported bits are set in Flags, then ASSERT().
If both COMMA_TYPE and RADIX_HEX are set in Flags, then ASSERT().
@@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ AsciiSPrintUnicodeFormat ( @param Value The 64-bit signed value to convert to a string.
@param Width The maximum number of ASCII characters to place in Buffer, not including
the Null-terminator.
-
+
@return The number of ASCII characters in Buffer, not including the Null-terminator.
**/
@@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ AsciiValueToStringS ( );
/**
- Returns the number of characters that would be produced by if the formatted
+ Returns the number of characters that would be produced by if the formatted
output were produced not including the Null-terminator.
If FormatString is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ AsciiValueToStringS ( @param[in] FormatString A Null-terminated Unicode format string.
@param[in] Marker VA_LIST marker for the variable argument list.
- @return The number of characters that would be produced, not including the
+ @return The number of characters that would be produced, not including the
Null-terminator.
**/
UINTN
@@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ SPrintLength ( );
/**
- Returns the number of characters that would be produced by if the formatted
+ Returns the number of characters that would be produced by if the formatted
output were produced not including the Null-terminator.
If FormatString is NULL, then ASSERT() and 0 is returned.
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ SPrintLength ( @param[in] FormatString A Null-terminated ASCII format string.
@param[in] Marker VA_LIST marker for the variable argument list.
- @return The number of characters that would be produced, not including the
+ @return The number of characters that would be produced, not including the
Null-terminator.
**/
UINTN
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h index 3924fa20e8..e60aff01df 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /** @file
Provides services to log status code records.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
@@ -29,21 +29,21 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Converts a status code to an 8-bit POST code value.
- Converts the status code specified by CodeType and Value to an 8-bit POST code
- and returns the 8-bit POST code in PostCode. If CodeType is an
- EFI_PROGRESS_CODE or CodeType is an EFI_ERROR_CODE, then bits 0..4 of PostCode
- are set to bits 16..20 of Value, and bits 5..7 of PostCode are set to bits
- 24..26 of Value., and TRUE is returned. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
+ Converts the status code specified by CodeType and Value to an 8-bit POST code
+ and returns the 8-bit POST code in PostCode. If CodeType is an
+ EFI_PROGRESS_CODE or CodeType is an EFI_ERROR_CODE, then bits 0..4 of PostCode
+ are set to bits 16..20 of Value, and bits 5..7 of PostCode are set to bits
+ 24..26 of Value., and TRUE is returned. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
If PostCode is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param CodeType The type of status code being converted.
@param Value The status code value being converted.
- @param PostCode A pointer to the 8-bit POST code value to return.
+ @param PostCode A pointer to the 8-bit POST code value to return.
- @retval TRUE The status code specified by CodeType and Value was converted
+ @retval TRUE The status code specified by CodeType and Value was converted
to an 8-bit POST code and returned in PostCode.
- @retval FALSE The status code specified by CodeType and Value could not be
+ @retval FALSE The status code specified by CodeType and Value could not be
converted to an 8-bit POST code value.
**/
@@ -60,15 +60,15 @@ CodeTypeToPostCode ( Extracts ASSERT() information from a status code structure.
Converts the status code specified by CodeType, Value, and Data to the ASSERT()
- arguments specified by Filename, Description, and LineNumber. If CodeType is
- an EFI_ERROR_CODE, and CodeType has a severity of EFI_ERROR_UNRECOVERED, and
- Value has an operation mask of EFI_SW_EC_ILLEGAL_SOFTWARE_STATE, extract
- Filename, Description, and LineNumber from the optional data area of the
- status code buffer specified by Data. The optional data area of Data contains
- a Null-terminated ASCII string for the FileName, followed by a Null-terminated
- ASCII string for the Description, followed by a 32-bit LineNumber. If the
- ASSERT() information could be extracted from Data, then return TRUE.
- Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
+ arguments specified by Filename, Description, and LineNumber. If CodeType is
+ an EFI_ERROR_CODE, and CodeType has a severity of EFI_ERROR_UNRECOVERED, and
+ Value has an operation mask of EFI_SW_EC_ILLEGAL_SOFTWARE_STATE, extract
+ Filename, Description, and LineNumber from the optional data area of the
+ status code buffer specified by Data. The optional data area of Data contains
+ a Null-terminated ASCII string for the FileName, followed by a Null-terminated
+ ASCII string for the Description, followed by a 32-bit LineNumber. If the
+ ASSERT() information could be extracted from Data, then return TRUE.
+ Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
If Data is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Filename is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -77,15 +77,15 @@ CodeTypeToPostCode ( @param CodeType The type of status code being converted.
@param Value The status code value being converted.
- @param Data The pointer to status code data buffer.
+ @param Data The pointer to status code data buffer.
@param Filename The pointer to the source file name that generated the ASSERT().
@param Description The pointer to the description of the ASSERT().
@param LineNumber The pointer to source line number that generated the ASSERT().
- @retval TRUE The status code specified by CodeType, Value, and Data was
- converted ASSERT() arguments specified by Filename, Description,
+ @retval TRUE The status code specified by CodeType, Value, and Data was
+ converted ASSERT() arguments specified by Filename, Description,
and LineNumber.
- @retval FALSE The status code specified by CodeType, Value, and Data could
+ @retval FALSE The status code specified by CodeType, Value, and Data could
not be converted to ASSERT() arguments.
**/
@@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ BOOLEAN EFIAPI
ReportStatusCodeExtractAssertInfo (
IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data,
+ IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
+ IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data,
OUT CHAR8 **Filename,
OUT CHAR8 **Description,
OUT UINT32 *LineNumber
@@ -104,13 +104,13 @@ ReportStatusCodeExtractAssertInfo ( /**
Extracts DEBUG() information from a status code structure.
- Converts the status code specified by Data to the DEBUG() arguments specified
- by ErrorLevel, Marker, and Format. If type GUID in Data is
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_TYPE_DEBUG_GUID, then extract ErrorLevel, Marker, and
- Format from the optional data area of the status code buffer specified by Data.
- The optional data area of Data contains a 32-bit ErrorLevel followed by Marker
- which is 12 UINTN parameters, followed by a Null-terminated ASCII string for
- the Format. If the DEBUG() information could be extracted from Data, then
+ Converts the status code specified by Data to the DEBUG() arguments specified
+ by ErrorLevel, Marker, and Format. If type GUID in Data is
+ EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_TYPE_DEBUG_GUID, then extract ErrorLevel, Marker, and
+ Format from the optional data area of the status code buffer specified by Data.
+ The optional data area of Data contains a 32-bit ErrorLevel followed by Marker
+ which is 12 UINTN parameters, followed by a Null-terminated ASCII string for
+ the Format. If the DEBUG() information could be extracted from Data, then
return TRUE. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
If Data is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -118,22 +118,22 @@ ReportStatusCodeExtractAssertInfo ( If Marker is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Format is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param Data The pointer to status code data buffer.
+ @param Data The pointer to status code data buffer.
@param ErrorLevel The pointer to error level mask for a debug message.
@param Marker The pointer to the variable argument list associated with Format.
- @param Format The pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII format string of a
+ @param Format The pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII format string of a
debug message.
- @retval TRUE The status code specified by Data was converted DEBUG() arguments
+ @retval TRUE The status code specified by Data was converted DEBUG() arguments
specified by ErrorLevel, Marker, and Format.
- @retval FALSE The status code specified by Data could not be converted to
+ @retval FALSE The status code specified by Data could not be converted to
DEBUG() arguments.
**/
BOOLEAN
EFIAPI
ReportStatusCodeExtractDebugInfo (
- IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data,
+ IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data,
OUT UINT32 *ErrorLevel,
OUT BASE_LIST *Marker,
OUT CHAR8 **Format
@@ -143,20 +143,20 @@ ReportStatusCodeExtractDebugInfo ( /**
Reports a status code.
- Reports the status code specified by the parameters Type and Value. Status
- code also require an instance, caller ID, and extended data. This function
- passed in a zero instance, NULL extended data, and a caller ID of
- gEfiCallerIdGuid, which is the GUID for the module.
-
- ReportStatusCode()must actively prevent recursion. If ReportStatusCode()
+ Reports the status code specified by the parameters Type and Value. Status
+ code also require an instance, caller ID, and extended data. This function
+ passed in a zero instance, NULL extended data, and a caller ID of
+ gEfiCallerIdGuid, which is the GUID for the module.
+
+ ReportStatusCode()must actively prevent recursion. If ReportStatusCode()
is called while processing another any other Report Status Code Library function,
then ReportStatusCode() must return immediately.
- @param Type Status code type.
+ @param Type Status code type.
@param Value Status code value.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR There status code could not be reported due to a
+ @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR There status code could not be reported due to a
device error.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The report status code is not supported.
@@ -172,26 +172,26 @@ ReportStatusCode ( /**
Reports a status code with a Device Path Protocol as the extended data.
- Allocates and fills in the extended data section of a status code with the
- Device Path Protocol specified by DevicePath. This function is responsible
- for allocating a buffer large enough for the standard header and the device
+ Allocates and fills in the extended data section of a status code with the
+ Device Path Protocol specified by DevicePath. This function is responsible
+ for allocating a buffer large enough for the standard header and the device
path. The standard header is filled in with an implementation dependent GUID.
The status code is reported with a zero instance and a caller ID of gEfiCallerIdGuid.
- ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath()must actively prevent recursion. If
- ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath() is called while processing another any other
- Report Status Code Library function, then ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath()
+ ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath()must actively prevent recursion. If
+ ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath() is called while processing another any other
+ Report Status Code Library function, then ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath()
must return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR immediately.
If DevicePath is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param Type The status code type.
+ @param Type The status code type.
@param Value The status code value.
@param DevicePath The pointer to the Device Path Protocol to be reported.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported with the extended
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported with the extended
data specified by DevicePath.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate the
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate the
extended data section.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The report status code is not supported.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR A call to a Report Status Code Library function
@@ -210,32 +210,32 @@ ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath ( /**
Reports a status code with an extended data buffer.
- Allocates and fills in the extended data section of a status code with the
- extended data specified by ExtendedData and ExtendedDataSize. ExtendedData
- is assumed to be one of the data structures specified in Related Definitions.
- These data structure do not have the standard header, so this function is
- responsible for allocating a buffer large enough for the standard header and
- the extended data passed into this function. The standard header is filled
- in with an implementation dependent GUID. The status code is reported
+ Allocates and fills in the extended data section of a status code with the
+ extended data specified by ExtendedData and ExtendedDataSize. ExtendedData
+ is assumed to be one of the data structures specified in Related Definitions.
+ These data structure do not have the standard header, so this function is
+ responsible for allocating a buffer large enough for the standard header and
+ the extended data passed into this function. The standard header is filled
+ in with an implementation dependent GUID. The status code is reported
with a zero instance and a caller ID of gEfiCallerIdGuid.
- ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData()must actively prevent recursion. If
- ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData() is called while processing another any other
- Report Status Code Library function, then ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData()
+ ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData()must actively prevent recursion. If
+ ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData() is called while processing another any other
+ Report Status Code Library function, then ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData()
must return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR immediately.
If ExtendedData is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ExtendedDataSize is 0, then ASSERT().
- @param Type The status code type.
+ @param Type The status code type.
@param Value The status code value.
@param ExtendedData The pointer to the extended data buffer to be reported.
- @param ExtendedDataSize The size, in bytes, of the extended data buffer to
+ @param ExtendedDataSize The size, in bytes, of the extended data buffer to
be reported.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported with the extended
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported with the extended
data specified by ExtendedData and ExtendedDataSize.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate the
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate the
extended data section.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The report status code is not supported.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR A call to a Report Status Code Library function
@@ -255,39 +255,39 @@ ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData ( /**
Reports a status code with full parameters.
- The function reports a status code. If ExtendedData is NULL and ExtendedDataSize
- is 0, then an extended data buffer is not reported. If ExtendedData is not
- NULL and ExtendedDataSize is not 0, then an extended data buffer is allocated.
- ExtendedData is assumed not have the standard status code header, so this function
- is responsible for allocating a buffer large enough for the standard header and
- the extended data passed into this function. The standard header is filled in
- with a GUID specified by ExtendedDataGuid. If ExtendedDataGuid is NULL, then a
- GUID of gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid is used. The status code is reported with
- an instance specified by Instance and a caller ID specified by CallerId. If
+ The function reports a status code. If ExtendedData is NULL and ExtendedDataSize
+ is 0, then an extended data buffer is not reported. If ExtendedData is not
+ NULL and ExtendedDataSize is not 0, then an extended data buffer is allocated.
+ ExtendedData is assumed not have the standard status code header, so this function
+ is responsible for allocating a buffer large enough for the standard header and
+ the extended data passed into this function. The standard header is filled in
+ with a GUID specified by ExtendedDataGuid. If ExtendedDataGuid is NULL, then a
+ GUID of gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid is used. The status code is reported with
+ an instance specified by Instance and a caller ID specified by CallerId. If
CallerId is NULL, then a caller ID of gEfiCallerIdGuid is used.
- ReportStatusCodeEx()must actively prevent recursion. If ReportStatusCodeEx()
- is called while processing another any other Report Status Code Library function,
+ ReportStatusCodeEx()must actively prevent recursion. If ReportStatusCodeEx()
+ is called while processing another any other Report Status Code Library function,
then ReportStatusCodeEx() must return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR immediately.
If ExtendedData is NULL and ExtendedDataSize is not zero, then ASSERT().
If ExtendedData is not NULL and ExtendedDataSize is zero, then ASSERT().
- @param Type The status code type.
+ @param Type The status code type.
@param Value The status code value.
@param Instance The status code instance number.
- @param CallerId The pointer to a GUID that identifies the caller of this
- function. If this parameter is NULL, then a caller
+ @param CallerId The pointer to a GUID that identifies the caller of this
+ function. If this parameter is NULL, then a caller
ID of gEfiCallerIdGuid is used.
- @param ExtendedDataGuid The pointer to the GUID for the extended data buffer.
- If this parameter is NULL, then a the status code
+ @param ExtendedDataGuid The pointer to the GUID for the extended data buffer.
+ If this parameter is NULL, then a the status code
standard header is filled in with an implementation dependent GUID.
- @param ExtendedData The pointer to the extended data buffer. This is an
+ @param ExtendedData The pointer to the extended data buffer. This is an
optional parameter that may be NULL.
@param ExtendedDataSize The size, in bytes, of the extended data buffer.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate
the extended data section if it was specified.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The report status code is not supported.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR A call to a Report Status Code Library function
@@ -310,12 +310,12 @@ ReportStatusCodeEx ( /**
Returns TRUE if status codes of type EFI_PROGRESS_CODE are enabled
- This function returns TRUE if the REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_PROGRESS_CODE_ENABLED
+ This function returns TRUE if the REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_PROGRESS_CODE_ENABLED
bit of PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
- @retval TRUE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_PROGRESS_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ @retval TRUE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_PROGRESS_CODE_ENABLED bit of
PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set.
- @retval FALSE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_PROGRESS_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ @retval FALSE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_PROGRESS_CODE_ENABLED bit of
PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is clear.
**/
@@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ ReportProgressCodeEnabled ( /**
Returns TRUE if status codes of type EFI_ERROR_CODE are enabled
- This function returns TRUE if the REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_ERROR_CODE_ENABLED
+ This function returns TRUE if the REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_ERROR_CODE_ENABLED
bit of PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
- @retval TRUE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_ERROR_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ @retval TRUE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_ERROR_CODE_ENABLED bit of
PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set.
- @retval FALSE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_ERROR_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ @retval FALSE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_ERROR_CODE_ENABLED bit of
PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is clear.
**/
@@ -348,12 +348,12 @@ ReportErrorCodeEnabled ( /**
Returns TRUE if status codes of type EFI_DEBUG_CODE are enabled
- This function returns TRUE if the REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED
+ This function returns TRUE if the REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED
bit of PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set. Otherwise FALSE is returned.
- @retval TRUE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ @retval TRUE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of
PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is set.
- @retval FALSE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of
+ @retval FALSE The REPORT_STATUS_CODE_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of
PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask is clear.
**/
@@ -367,11 +367,11 @@ ReportDebugCodeEnabled ( /**
Reports a status code with minimal parameters if the status code type is enabled.
- If the status code type specified by Type is enabled in
- PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask, then call ReportStatusCode() passing in Type
+ If the status code type specified by Type is enabled in
+ PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask, then call ReportStatusCode() passing in Type
and Value.
- @param Type The status code type.
+ @param Type The status code type.
@param Value The status code value.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported.
@@ -390,20 +390,20 @@ ReportDebugCodeEnabled ( /**
- Reports a status code with a Device Path Protocol as the extended data if the
+ Reports a status code with a Device Path Protocol as the extended data if the
status code type is enabled.
- If the status code type specified by Type is enabled in
- PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask, then call ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath()
+ If the status code type specified by Type is enabled in
+ PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask, then call ReportStatusCodeWithDevicePath()
passing in Type, Value, and DevicePath.
- @param Type The status code type.
+ @param Type The status code type.
@param Value The status code value.
@param DevicePath Pointer to the Device Path Protocol to be reported.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported with the extended
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported with the extended
data specified by DevicePath.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate the
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate the
extended data section.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The report status code is not supported.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR A call to a Report Status Code Library function
@@ -421,22 +421,22 @@ ReportDebugCodeEnabled ( /**
- Reports a status code with an extended data buffer if the status code type
+ Reports a status code with an extended data buffer if the status code type
is enabled.
- If the status code type specified by Type is enabled in
- PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask, then call ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData()
+ If the status code type specified by Type is enabled in
+ PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask, then call ReportStatusCodeWithExtendedData()
passing in Type, Value, ExtendedData, and ExtendedDataSize.
- @param Type The status code type.
+ @param Type The status code type.
@param Value The status code value.
@param ExtendedData The pointer to the extended data buffer to be reported.
@param ExtendedDataSize The size, in bytes, of the extended data buffer to
be reported.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported with the extended
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported with the extended
data specified by ExtendedData and ExtendedDataSize.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate the
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate the
extended data section.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The report status code is not supported.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR A call to a Report Status Code Library function
@@ -455,25 +455,25 @@ ReportDebugCodeEnabled ( /**
Reports a status code specifying all parameters if the status code type is enabled.
- If the status code type specified by Type is enabled in
- PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask, then call ReportStatusCodeEx() passing in Type,
+ If the status code type specified by Type is enabled in
+ PcdReportStatusCodeProperyMask, then call ReportStatusCodeEx() passing in Type,
Value, Instance, CallerId, ExtendedDataGuid, ExtendedData, and ExtendedDataSize.
- @param Type The status code type.
+ @param Type The status code type.
@param Value The status code value.
@param Instance The status code instance number.
- @param CallerId The pointer to a GUID that identifies the caller of this
- function. If this parameter is NULL, then a caller
+ @param CallerId The pointer to a GUID that identifies the caller of this
+ function. If this parameter is NULL, then a caller
ID of gEfiCallerIdGuid is used.
- @param ExtendedDataGuid Pointer to the GUID for the extended data buffer.
- If this parameter is NULL, then a the status code
+ @param ExtendedDataGuid Pointer to the GUID for the extended data buffer.
+ If this parameter is NULL, then a the status code
standard header is filled in with an implementation dependent GUID.
- @param ExtendedData Pointer to the extended data buffer. This is an
+ @param ExtendedData Pointer to the extended data buffer. This is an
optional parameter that may be NULL.
@param ExtendedDataSize The size, in bytes, of the extended data buffer.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The status code was reported.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate the
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There were not enough resources to allocate the
extended data section if it was specified.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The report status code is not supported.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR A call to a Report Status Code Library function
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/ResourcePublicationLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/ResourcePublicationLib.h index cd51c7f65f..08e779d68c 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/ResourcePublicationLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/ResourcePublicationLib.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Provides a service to publish discovered system resources.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Declares that the system memory buffer specified by MemoryBegin and MemoryLength
as permanent memory that may be used for general purpose use by software.
The amount of memory available to software may be less than MemoryLength
- if published memory has alignment restrictions.
+ if published memory has alignment restrictions.
If MemoryLength is 0, then ASSERT().
- If MemoryLength is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - MemoryBegin + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If MemoryLength is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - MemoryBegin + 1), then ASSERT().
@param MemoryBegin The start address of the memory being declared.
@param MemoryLength The number of bytes of memory being declared.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3BootScriptLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3BootScriptLib.h index 3f43da8794..89a4a56669 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3BootScriptLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3BootScriptLib.h @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -/** @file
- Defines library APIs used by modules to save EFI Boot Script Opcodes.
- These OpCode will be restored by S3 related modules.
- Note that some of the API defined in the Library class may not
- be provided in the Framework version library instance, which means some of these
+/** @file
+ Defines library APIs used by modules to save EFI Boot Script Opcodes.
+ These OpCode will be restored by S3 related modules.
+ Note that some of the API defined in the Library class may not
+ be provided in the Framework version library instance, which means some of these
APIs cannot be used if the underlying firmware is Framework and not PI.
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
@@ -43,14 +43,14 @@ (((UINTN) Device) << 16) | \
(((UINTN) Function) << 8) | \
(((UINTN) (Register)) < 256 ? ((UINTN) (Register)) : (UINT64) (LShiftU64 ((UINT64) (Register), 32))))
-
+
///
/// S3 Boot Script Width.
///
typedef enum {
S3BootScriptWidthUint8, ///< 8-bit operation.
S3BootScriptWidthUint16, ///< 16-bit operation.
- S3BootScriptWidthUint32, ///< 32-bit operation.
+ S3BootScriptWidthUint32, ///< 32-bit operation.
S3BootScriptWidthUint64, ///< 64-bit operation.
S3BootScriptWidthFifoUint8, ///< 8-bit FIFO operation.
S3BootScriptWidthFifoUint16, ///< 16-bit FIFO operation.
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ typedef enum { @param[in] Count The number of I/O operations to perform.
@param[in] Buffer The source buffer from which to write data.
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
the operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ S3BootScriptSaveIoWrite ( @param[in] DataMask A pointer to the data mask to be AND-ed with the data
read from the register.
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
the operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ S3BootScriptSaveIoReadWrite ( @param[in] Count The number of memory operations to perform.
@param[in] Buffer The source buffer from which to write the data.
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
the operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
**/
@@ -133,13 +133,13 @@ S3BootScriptSaveMemWrite ( Adds a record for a memory modify operation into a specified boot script table.
@param[in] Width The width of the I/O operations.
- @param[in] Address The base address of the memory operations. Address needs
+ @param[in] Address The base address of the memory operations. Address needs
alignment, if required
@param[in] Data A pointer to the data to be OR-ed.
- @param[in] DataMask A pointer to the data mask to be AND-ed with the data
+ @param[in] DataMask A pointer to the data mask to be AND-ed with the data
read from the register.
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
the operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
**/
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ S3BootScriptSaveMemReadWrite ( @param[in] Count The number of PCI operations to perform.
@param[in] Buffer The source buffer from which to write the data.
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
the operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
**/
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ S3BootScriptSavePciCfgWrite ( @param[in] Data A pointer to the data to be OR-ed.The size depends on Width.
@param[in] DataMask A pointer to the data mask to be AND-ed.
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
the operation.
@retval RETURN__SUCCESS The opcode was added.
**/
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ S3BootScriptSavePciCfgReadWrite ( @param[in] Count The number of PCI operations to perform.
@param[in] Buffer The source buffer from which to write the data.
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
the operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
**/
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ S3BootScriptSavePciCfg2Write ( @param[in] Data A pointer to the data to be OR-ed. The size depends on Width.
@param[in] DataMask A pointer to the data mask to be AND-ed.
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
the operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
**/
@@ -243,23 +243,23 @@ S3BootScriptSavePciCfg2ReadWrite ( /**
Adds a record for an SMBus command execution into a specified boot script table.
- @param[in] SmBusAddress Address that encodes the SMBUS Slave Address, SMBUS
+ @param[in] SmBusAddress Address that encodes the SMBUS Slave Address, SMBUS
Command, SMBUS Data Length, and PEC.
- @param[in] Operation Indicates which particular SMBus protocol it will use
+ @param[in] Operation Indicates which particular SMBus protocol it will use
to execute the SMBus transactions.
- @param[in] Length A pointer to signify the number of bytes that this
+ @param[in] Length A pointer to signify the number of bytes that this
operation will do.
- @param[in] Buffer Contains the value of data to execute to the SMBUS
+ @param[in] Buffer Contains the value of data to execute to the SMBUS
slave device.
-
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
+
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
the operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
**/
RETURN_STATUS
EFIAPI
S3BootScriptSaveSmbusExecute (
- IN UINTN SmBusAddress,
+ IN UINTN SmBusAddress,
IN EFI_SMBUS_OPERATION Operation,
IN UINTN *Length,
IN VOID *Buffer
@@ -269,8 +269,8 @@ S3BootScriptSaveSmbusExecute ( Adds a record for an execution stall on the processor into a specified boot script table.
@param[in] Duration The duration in microseconds of the stall.
-
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
+
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
the operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
**/
@@ -284,10 +284,10 @@ S3BootScriptSaveStall ( Adds a record for dispatching specified arbitrary code into a specified boot script table.
@param[in] EntryPoint The entry point of the code to be dispatched.
- @param[in] Context The argument to be passed into the EntryPoint of the code
+ @param[in] Context The argument to be passed into the EntryPoint of the code
to be dispatched.
-
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
+
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
the operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
**/
@@ -302,8 +302,8 @@ S3BootScriptSaveDispatch2 ( Adds a record for dispatching specified arbitrary code into a specified boot script table.
@param[in] EntryPoint The entry point of the code to be dispatched.
-
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
+
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
the operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
**/
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ S3BootScriptSaveDispatch ( );
/**
- Adds a record for memory reads of the memory location and continues when the exit
+ Adds a record for memory reads of the memory location and continues when the exit
criteria is satisfied, or after a defined duration.
Please aware, below interface is different with PI specification, Vol 5:
@@ -324,13 +324,13 @@ S3BootScriptSaveDispatch ( @param[in] Width The width of the memory operations.
@param[in] Address The base address of the memory operations.
- @param[in] BitMask A pointer to the bit mask to be AND-ed with the data read
+ @param[in] BitMask A pointer to the bit mask to be AND-ed with the data read
from the register.
@param[in] BitValue A pointer to the data value after to be Masked.
@param[in] Duration The duration in microseconds of the stall.
@param[in] LoopTimes The times of the register polling.
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
the operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
@@ -347,13 +347,13 @@ S3BootScriptSaveMemPoll ( );
/**
- Store arbitrary information in the boot script table. This opcode is a no-op on
+ Store arbitrary information in the boot script table. This opcode is a no-op on
dispatch and is only used for debugging script issues.
-
+
@param[in] InformationLength Length of the data in bytes
@param[in] Information Information to be logged in the boot scrpit
-
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
+
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
the operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
@@ -361,27 +361,27 @@ S3BootScriptSaveMemPoll ( RETURN_STATUS
EFIAPI
S3BootScriptSaveInformation (
- IN UINT32 InformationLength,
+ IN UINT32 InformationLength,
IN VOID *Information
);
/**
Adds a record for I/O reads the I/O location and continues when the exit criteria
is satisfied, or after a defined duration.
-
- @param Width The width of the I/O operations.
+
+ @param Width The width of the I/O operations.
@param Address The base address of the I/O operations.
@param Data The comparison value used for the polling exit criteria.
- @param DataMask The mask used for the polling criteria. The bits in
- the bytes below Width which are zero in Data are
+ @param DataMask The mask used for the polling criteria. The bits in
+ the bytes below Width which are zero in Data are
ignored when polling the memory address.
- @param Delay The number of 100ns units to poll. Note that timer
- available may be of insufficient granularity, so the
+ @param Delay The number of 100ns units to poll. Note that timer
+ available may be of insufficient granularity, so the
delay may be longer.
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform the
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform the
operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
- @note The FRAMEWORK version implementation does not support this API
+ @note The FRAMEWORK version implementation does not support this API
**/
RETURN_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -389,29 +389,29 @@ S3BootScriptSaveIoPoll ( IN S3_BOOT_SCRIPT_LIB_WIDTH Width,
IN UINT64 Address,
IN VOID *Data,
- IN VOID *DataMask,
- IN UINT64 Delay
+ IN VOID *DataMask,
+ IN UINT64 Delay
);
/**
- Adds a record for PCI configuration space reads and continues when the exit
+ Adds a record for PCI configuration space reads and continues when the exit
criteria is satisfied ,or after a defined duration.
- @param Width The width of the I/O operations.
+ @param Width The width of the I/O operations.
@param Address The address within the PCI configuration space.
- @param Data The comparison value used for the polling exit
+ @param Data The comparison value used for the polling exit
criteria.
- @param DataMask Mask used for the polling criteria. The bits in
+ @param DataMask Mask used for the polling criteria. The bits in
the bytes below Width which are zero in Data are
ignored when polling the memory address.
- @param Delay The number of 100ns units to poll. Note that timer
- available may be of insufficient granularity, so the
+ @param Delay The number of 100ns units to poll. Note that timer
+ available may be of insufficient granularity, so the
delay may be longer.
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform the
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform the
operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
- @note The FRAMEWORK version implementation does not support this API
+ @note The FRAMEWORK version implementation does not support this API
**/
RETURN_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -423,27 +423,27 @@ S3BootScriptSavePciPoll ( IN UINT64 Delay
);
/**
- Adds a record for PCI configuration space reads and continues when the exit criteria
+ Adds a record for PCI configuration space reads and continues when the exit criteria
is satisfied, or after a defined duration.
- @param Width The width of the I/O operations.
+ @param Width The width of the I/O operations.
@param Segment The PCI segment number for Address.
@param Address The address within the PCI configuration space.
- @param Data The comparison value used for the polling exit
+ @param Data The comparison value used for the polling exit
criteria.
- @param DataMask Mask used for the polling criteria. The bits in
+ @param DataMask Mask used for the polling criteria. The bits in
the bytes below Width which are zero
in Data are ignored when polling the memory address
- @param Delay The number of 100ns units to poll. Note that timer
- available may be of insufficient granularity so the delay
+ @param Delay The number of 100ns units to poll. Note that timer
+ available may be of insufficient granularity so the delay
may be longer.
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform the
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform the
operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
- @note A known Limitations in the implementation: When interpreting the opcode
+ @note A known Limitations in the implementation: When interpreting the opcode
EFI_BOOT_SCRIPT_PCI_CONFIG2_WRITE_OPCODE, EFI_BOOT_SCRIPT_PCI_CONFIG2_READ_WRITE_OPCODE
- and EFI_BOOT_SCRIPT_PCI_CONFIG2_POLL_OPCODE, the 'Segment' parameter is assumed as
+ and EFI_BOOT_SCRIPT_PCI_CONFIG2_POLL_OPCODE, the 'Segment' parameter is assumed as
Zero, or else, assert.
The FRAMEWORK version implementation does not support this API.
@@ -459,13 +459,13 @@ S3BootScriptSavePci2Poll ( IN UINT64 Delay
);
/**
- Save ASCII string information specified by Buffer to boot script with opcode
+ Save ASCII string information specified by Buffer to boot script with opcode
EFI_BOOT_SCRIPT_INFORMATION_OPCODE.
- @param[in] String The Null-terminated ASCII string to store into the S3 boot
+ @param[in] String The Null-terminated ASCII string to store into the S3 boot
script table.
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
+ @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Not enough memory for the table to perform
the operation.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was added.
@@ -477,27 +477,27 @@ S3BootScriptSaveInformationAsciiString ( );
/**
- This is an function to close the S3 boot script table. The function could only
- be called in BOOT time phase. To comply with the Framework spec definition on
+ This is an function to close the S3 boot script table. The function could only
+ be called in BOOT time phase. To comply with the Framework spec definition on
EFI_BOOT_SCRIPT_SAVE_PROTOCOL.CloseTable(), this function will fulfill following things:
1. Closes the specified boot script table
- 2. It allocates a new memory pool to duplicate all the boot scripts in the specified table.
- Once this function is called, the table maintained by the library will be destroyed
+ 2. It allocates a new memory pool to duplicate all the boot scripts in the specified table.
+ Once this function is called, the table maintained by the library will be destroyed
after it is copied into the allocated pool.
- 3. Any attempts to add a script record after calling this function will cause a
+ 3. Any attempts to add a script record after calling this function will cause a
new table to be created by the library.
- 4. The base address of the allocated pool will be returned in Address. Note that
- after using the boot script table, the CALLER is responsible for freeing the
- pool that is allocated by this function.
+ 4. The base address of the allocated pool will be returned in Address. Note that
+ after using the boot script table, the CALLER is responsible for freeing the
+ pool that is allocated by this function.
- In Spec PI1.1, this EFI_BOOT_SCRIPT_SAVE_PROTOCOL.CloseTable() is retired. This
+ In Spec PI1.1, this EFI_BOOT_SCRIPT_SAVE_PROTOCOL.CloseTable() is retired. This
API is supplied here to meet the requirements of the Framework Spec.
-
+
If anyone does call CloseTable() on a real platform, then the caller is responsible
- for figuring out how to get the script to run on an S3 resume because the boot script
+ for figuring out how to get the script to run on an S3 resume because the boot script
maintained by the lib will be destroyed.
-
- @return the base address of the new copy of the boot script table.
+
+ @return the base address of the new copy of the boot script table.
**/
UINT8*
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ S3BootScriptCloseTable ( Executes the S3 boot script table.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The boot script table was executed successfully.
- @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED Invalid script table or opcode.
+ @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED Invalid script table or opcode.
**/
RETURN_STATUS
@@ -519,25 +519,25 @@ S3BootScriptExecute ( VOID
);
/**
- Move the last boot script entry to the position
+ Move the last boot script entry to the position
- @param BeforeOrAfter Specifies whether the opcode is stored before
- (TRUE) or after (FALSE) the positionin the boot
- script table specified by Position. If Position
- is NULL or points to NULL then the new opcode is
- inserted at the beginning of the table (if TRUE)
+ @param BeforeOrAfter Specifies whether the opcode is stored before
+ (TRUE) or after (FALSE) the positionin the boot
+ script table specified by Position. If Position
+ is NULL or points to NULL then the new opcode is
+ inserted at the beginning of the table (if TRUE)
or end of the table (if FALSE).
- @param Position On entry, specifies the position in the boot script
- table where the opcode will be inserted, either
- before or after, depending on BeforeOrAfter. On
- exit, specifies the position of the inserted opcode
+ @param Position On entry, specifies the position in the boot script
+ table where the opcode will be inserted, either
+ before or after, depending on BeforeOrAfter. On
+ exit, specifies the position of the inserted opcode
in the boot script table.
@retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The table is not available.
- @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER The Position is not a valid position in the
+ @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER The Position is not a valid position in the
boot script table.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The opcode was inserted.
- @note The FRAMEWORK version implementation does not support this API.
+ @note The FRAMEWORK version implementation does not support this API.
**/
RETURN_STATUS
EFIAPI
@@ -549,28 +549,28 @@ S3BootScriptMoveLastOpcode ( Find a label within the boot script table and, if not present, optionally create it.
@param BeforeOrAfter Specifies whether the opcode is stored before (TRUE)
- or after (FALSE) the position in the boot script table
+ or after (FALSE) the position in the boot script table
specified by Position.
- @param CreateIfNotFound Specifies whether the label will be created if the
+ @param CreateIfNotFound Specifies whether the label will be created if the
label does not exists (TRUE) or not (FALSE).
- @param Position On entry, specifies the position in the boot script
- table where the opcode will be inserted, either
- before or after, depending on BeforeOrAfter. On exit,
- specifies the positionof the inserted opcode in
+ @param Position On entry, specifies the position in the boot script
+ table where the opcode will be inserted, either
+ before or after, depending on BeforeOrAfter. On exit,
+ specifies the positionof the inserted opcode in
the boot script table.
- @param Label Points to the label which will be inserted in the
+ @param Label Points to the label which will be inserted in the
boot script table.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The operation succeeded. A record was added into
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The operation succeeded. A record was added into
the specified script table.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The parameter is illegal or the given boot script
- is not supported. If the opcode is unknow or not
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The parameter is illegal or the given boot script
+ is not supported. If the opcode is unknow or not
supported because of the PCD Feature Flags.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is insufficient memory to store the boot script.
- @note The FRAMEWORK version implementation does not support this API
+ @note The FRAMEWORK version implementation does not support this API
**/
RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
+EFIAPI
S3BootScriptLabel (
IN BOOLEAN BeforeOrAfter,
IN BOOLEAN CreateIfNotFound,
@@ -585,14 +585,14 @@ S3BootScriptLabel ( @retval EFI_SUCCESS The operation succeeded. A record was added into the
specified script table.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The parameter is illegal or the given boot script
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The parameter is illegal or the given boot script
is not supported. If the opcode is unknow or not s
upported because of the PCD Feature Flags.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is insufficient memory to store the boot script.
- @note The FRAMEWORK version implementation does not support this API
+ @note The FRAMEWORK version implementation does not support this API
**/
RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
+EFIAPI
S3BootScriptCompare (
IN UINT8 *Position1,
IN UINT8 *Position2,
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3IoLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3IoLib.h index 47c4ff96b5..e6e0fb6f50 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3IoLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3IoLib.h @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /** @file
I/O and MMIO Library Services that do I/O and also enable the I/O operation
to be replayed during an S3 resume. This library class maps directly on top
- of the IoLib class.
+ of the IoLib class.
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ S3IoAnd8 ( /**
Reads an 8-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
- inclusive OR, writes the result back to the 8-bit I/O port, and saves
+ inclusive OR, writes the result back to the 8-bit I/O port, and saves
the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 8-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ S3IoBitFieldRead8 ( Writes Value to the bit field of the I/O register. The bit field is specified
by the StartBit and the EndBit. All other bits in the destination I/O
- register are preserved. The value written to the I/O port is returned.
+ register are preserved. The value written to the I/O port is returned.
Remaining bits in Value are stripped.
If 8-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ S3IoBitFieldWrite8 ( /**
Reads a bit field in an 8-bit port, performs a bitwise OR, writes the
- result back to the bit field in the 8-bit port, and saves the value in the
+ result back to the bit field in the 8-bit port, and saves the value in the
S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 8-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise OR
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ S3IoBitFieldOr8 ( /**
Reads a bit field in an 8-bit port, performs a bitwise AND, writes the
- result back to the bit field in the 8-bit port, and saves the value in the
+ result back to the bit field in the 8-bit port, and saves the value in the
S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 8-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ S3IoWrite16 ( /**
Reads a 16-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise OR, writes the
- result back to the 16-bit I/O port, and saves the value in the S3 script to
+ result back to the 16-bit I/O port, and saves the value in the S3 script to
be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 16-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise OR
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ S3IoBitFieldRead16 ( );
/**
- Writes a bit field to an I/O register, and saves the value in the S3 script
+ Writes a bit field to an I/O register, and saves the value in the S3 script
to be replayed on S3 resume.
Writes Value to the bit field of the I/O register. The bit field is specified
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ S3IoBitFieldWrite16 ( /**
Reads a bit field in a 16-bit port, performs a bitwise OR, writes the
- result back to the bit field in the 16-bit port, and saves the value in the
+ result back to the bit field in the 16-bit port, and saves the value in the
S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 16-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise OR
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ S3IoBitFieldOr16 ( /**
Reads a bit field in a 16-bit port, performs a bitwise AND, writes the
- result back to the bit field in the 16-bit port, and saves the value in the
+ result back to the bit field in the 16-bit port, and saves the value in the
S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 16-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ S3IoBitFieldAnd16 ( /**
Reads a bit field in a 16-bit port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a
bitwise OR, writes the result back to the bit field in the
- 16-bit port, and saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3
+ 16-bit port, and saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3
resume.
Reads the 16-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND followed
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ S3IoWrite32 ( /**
Reads a 32-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise OR, writes the
- result back to the 32-bit I/O port, and saves the value in the S3 script to
+ result back to the 32-bit I/O port, and saves the value in the S3 script to
be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 32-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise OR
@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ S3IoAnd32 ( /**
Reads a 32-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
- inclusive OR, writes the result back to the 32-bit I/O port, and saves
+ inclusive OR, writes the result back to the 32-bit I/O port, and saves
the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 32-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ S3IoBitFieldWrite32 ( /**
Reads a bit field in a 32-bit port, performs a bitwise OR, writes the
- result back to the bit field in the 32-bit port, and saves the value in the
+ result back to the bit field in the 32-bit port, and saves the value in the
S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 32-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise OR
@@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ S3IoBitFieldOr32 ( /**
Reads a bit field in a 32-bit port, performs a bitwise AND, writes the
- result back to the bit field in the 32-bit port, and saves the value in the
+ result back to the bit field in the 32-bit port, and saves the value in the
S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 32-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ S3IoBitFieldAnd32 ( /**
Reads a bit field in a 32-bit port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a
bitwise OR, writes the result back to the bit field in the
- 32-bit port, and saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3
+ 32-bit port, and saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3
resume.
Reads the 32-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND followed
@@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ S3IoWrite64 ( /**
Reads a 64-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise OR, writes the
- result back to the 64-bit I/O port, and saves the value in the S3 script to
+ result back to the 64-bit I/O port, and saves the value in the S3 script to
be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 64-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise OR
@@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ S3IoBitFieldWrite64 ( /**
Reads a bit field in a 64-bit port, performs a bitwise OR, writes the
- result back to the bit field in the 64-bit port, and saves the value in the
+ result back to the bit field in the 64-bit port, and saves the value in the
S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 64-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise OR
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ S3IoBitFieldOr64 ( /**
Reads a bit field in a 64-bit port, performs a bitwise AND, writes the
- result back to the bit field in the 64-bit port, and saves the value in the
+ result back to the bit field in the 64-bit port, and saves the value in the
S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 64-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ S3IoBitFieldAnd64 ( /**
Reads a bit field in a 64-bit port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a
bitwise OR, writes the result back to the bit field in the
- 64-bit port, and saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3
+ 64-bit port, and saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3
resume.
Reads the 64-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND followed
@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ S3IoBitFieldAndThenOr64 ( );
/**
- Reads an 8-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
+ Reads an 8-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The 8-bit read value is
@@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ S3MmioRead8 ( );
/**
- Writes an 8-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
+ Writes an 8-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
replayed on S3 resume.
Writes the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address with the value specified
@@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ S3MmioWrite8 ( /**
Reads an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, writes the
- result back to the 8-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script
+ result back to the 8-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script
to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
@@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ S3MmioOr8 ( /**
Reads an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND, writes the result
- back to the 8-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
+ back to the 8-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ S3MmioAnd8 ( /**
Reads an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
- inclusive OR, writes the result back to the 8-bit MMIO register, and saves
+ inclusive OR, writes the result back to the 8-bit MMIO register, and saves
the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ S3MmioBitFieldWrite8 ( );
/**
- Reads a bit field in an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR,
+ Reads a bit field in an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR,
writes the result back to the bit field in the 8-bit MMIO register, and saves
the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
@@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ S3MmioWrite16 ( /**
Reads a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, writes the
- result back to the 16-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script
+ result back to the 16-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script
to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
@@ -1597,7 +1597,7 @@ S3MmioOr16 ( /**
Reads a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND, writes the result
- back to the 16-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
+ back to the 16-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -1623,7 +1623,7 @@ S3MmioAnd16 ( /**
Reads a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
- inclusive OR, writes the result back to the 16-bit MMIO register, and
+ inclusive OR, writes the result back to the 16-bit MMIO register, and
saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -1713,8 +1713,8 @@ S3MmioBitFieldWrite16 ( );
/**
- Reads a bit field in a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR,
- writes the result back to the bit field in the 16-bit MMIO register, and
+ Reads a bit field in a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR,
+ writes the result back to the bit field in the 16-bit MMIO register, and
saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
@@ -1751,7 +1751,7 @@ S3MmioBitFieldOr16 ( /**
Reads a bit field in a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND, and
- writes the result back to the bit field in the 16-bit MMIO register and
+ writes the result back to the bit field in the 16-bit MMIO register and
saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -1828,7 +1828,7 @@ S3MmioBitFieldAndThenOr16 ( );
/**
- Reads a 32-bit MMIO register saves the value in the S3 script to be
+ Reads a 32-bit MMIO register saves the value in the S3 script to be
replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The 32-bit read value is
@@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@ S3MmioRead32 ( );
/**
- Writes a 32-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
+ Writes a 32-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
replayed on S3 resume.
Writes the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address with the value specified
@@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@ S3MmioWrite32 ( /**
Reads a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, writes the
- result back to the 32-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script
+ result back to the 32-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script
to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
@@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@ S3MmioOr32 ( /**
Reads a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND, writes the result
- back to the 32-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
+ back to the 32-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -1925,7 +1925,7 @@ S3MmioAnd32 ( /**
Reads a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
- inclusive OR, writes the result back to the 32-bit MMIO register, and
+ inclusive OR, writes the result back to the 32-bit MMIO register, and
saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -1953,7 +1953,7 @@ S3MmioAndThenOr32 ( );
/**
- Reads a bit field of a MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script
+ Reads a bit field of a MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script
to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the bit field in a 32-bit MMIO register. The bit field is specified by
@@ -1982,7 +1982,7 @@ S3MmioBitFieldRead32 ( );
/**
- Writes a bit field to a MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script
+ Writes a bit field to a MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script
to be replayed on S3 resume.
Writes Value to the bit field of the MMIO register. The bit field is
@@ -2015,8 +2015,8 @@ S3MmioBitFieldWrite32 ( );
/**
- Reads a bit field in a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR,
- writes the result back to the bit field in the 32-bit MMIO register, and
+ Reads a bit field in a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR,
+ writes the result back to the bit field in the 32-bit MMIO register, and
saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
@@ -2053,7 +2053,7 @@ S3MmioBitFieldOr32 ( /**
Reads a bit field in a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND, and
- writes the result back to the bit field in the 32-bit MMIO register and
+ writes the result back to the bit field in the 32-bit MMIO register and
saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -2130,7 +2130,7 @@ S3MmioBitFieldAndThenOr32 ( );
/**
- Reads a 64-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
+ Reads a 64-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The 64-bit read value is
@@ -2151,7 +2151,7 @@ S3MmioRead64 ( );
/**
- Writes a 64-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
+ Writes a 64-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
replayed on S3 resume.
Writes the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address with the value specified
@@ -2175,7 +2175,7 @@ S3MmioWrite64 ( /**
Reads a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, writes the
- result back to the 64-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script
+ result back to the 64-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script
to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
@@ -2201,7 +2201,7 @@ S3MmioOr64 ( /**
Reads a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND, writes the result
- back to the 64-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
+ back to the 64-bit MMIO register, and saves the value in the S3 script to be
replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@ S3MmioAnd64 ( /**
Reads a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
- inclusive OR, writes the result back to the 64-bit MMIO register, and
+ inclusive OR, writes the result back to the 64-bit MMIO register, and
saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@@ -2317,8 +2317,8 @@ S3MmioBitFieldWrite64 ( );
/**
- Reads a bit field in a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR,
- writes the result back to the bit field in the 64-bit MMIO register, and
+ Reads a bit field in a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR,
+ writes the result back to the bit field in the 64-bit MMIO register, and
saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
@@ -2435,11 +2435,11 @@ S3MmioBitFieldAndThenOr64 ( Copies data from MMIO region to system memory by using 8-bit access,
and saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
- Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
- to system memory specified by Buffer by using 8-bit access. The total
+ Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
+ to system memory specified by Buffer by using 8-bit access. The total
number of bytes to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
+
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@@ -2462,13 +2462,13 @@ S3MmioReadBuffer8 ( Copies data from MMIO region to system memory by using 16-bit access,
and saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
- Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
- to system memory specified by Buffer by using 16-bit access. The total
+ Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
+ to system memory specified by Buffer by using 16-bit access. The total
number of bytes to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-
+
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -2493,13 +2493,13 @@ S3MmioReadBuffer16 ( Copies data from MMIO region to system memory by using 32-bit access,
and saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
- Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
- to system memory specified by Buffer by using 32-bit access. The total
+ Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
+ to system memory specified by Buffer by using 32-bit access. The total
number of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-
+
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -2524,13 +2524,13 @@ S3MmioReadBuffer32 ( Copies data from MMIO region to system memory by using 64-bit access,
and saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
- Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
- to system memory specified by Buffer by using 64-bit access. The total
+ Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
+ to system memory specified by Buffer by using 64-bit access. The total
number of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-
+
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -2555,11 +2555,11 @@ S3MmioReadBuffer64 ( Copies data from system memory to MMIO region by using 8-bit access,
and saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
- Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
- by starting address StartAddress by using 8-bit access. The total number
+ Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
+ by starting address StartAddress by using 8-bit access. The total number
of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
+
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS -Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@@ -2582,13 +2582,13 @@ S3MmioWriteBuffer8 ( Copies data from system memory to MMIO region by using 16-bit access,
and saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
- Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
- by starting address StartAddress by using 16-bit access. The total number
+ Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
+ by starting address StartAddress by using 16-bit access. The total number
of bytes to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-
+
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS -Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -2614,13 +2614,13 @@ S3MmioWriteBuffer16 ( Copies data from system memory to MMIO region by using 32-bit access,
and saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
- Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
- by starting address StartAddress by using 32-bit access. The total number
+ Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
+ by starting address StartAddress by using 32-bit access. The total number
of bytes to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-
+
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS -Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -2643,16 +2643,16 @@ S3MmioWriteBuffer32 ( );
/**
- Copies data from system memory to MMIO region by using 64-bit access,
+ Copies data from system memory to MMIO region by using 64-bit access,
and saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
- Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
- by starting address StartAddress by using 64-bit access. The total number
+ Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
+ by starting address StartAddress by using 64-bit access. The total number
of bytes to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
-
+
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
+ If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS -Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3PciLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3PciLib.h index bae12aba1e..fb20d82219 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3PciLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3PciLib.h @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /** @file
The PCI configuration Library Services that carry out PCI configuration and enable
the PCI operations to be replayed during an S3 resume. This library class
- maps directly on top of the PciLib class.
+ maps directly on top of the PciLib class.
- Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ (((Register) & 0xfff) | (((Function) & 0x07) << 12) | (((Device) & 0x1f) << 15) | (((Bus) & 0xff) << 20))
/**
-
- Reads and returns the 8-bit PCI configuration register specified by Address,
+
+ Reads and returns the 8-bit PCI configuration register specified by Address,
and saves the value in the S3 script to be replayed on S3 resume.
This function must guarantee that all PCI read and write operations are
serialized.
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ S3PciAndThenOr32 ( If StartBit is greater than 31, then ASSERT().
If EndBit is greater than 31, then ASSERT().
If EndBit is less than StartBit, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param[in] Address The PCI configuration register to read.
@param[in] StartBit The ordinal of the least significant bit in the bit field.
Range 0..31.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3SmbusLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3SmbusLib.h index f7a1e248f7..fdb67241f9 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3SmbusLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3SmbusLib.h @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ to be replayed during an S3 resume. This library class maps directly on top
of the SmbusLib class.
- Copyright (c) 2007 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
@@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ SMBUS Command, SMBUS Data Length, and PEC.
@param[out] Status The return status for the executed command.
This is an optional parameter and may be NULL.
- RETURN_SUCCESS The SMBUS command was executed.
- RETURN_TIMEOUT A timeout occurred while executing the SMBUS command.
+ RETURN_SUCCESS The SMBUS command was executed.
+ RETURN_TIMEOUT A timeout occurred while executing the SMBUS command.
RETURN_DEVICE_ERROR The request was not completed because a failure
was recorded in the Host Status Register bit. Device errors are a result
of a transaction collision, illegal command field, unclaimed cycle
(host initiated), or bus error (collision).
- RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The SMBus operation is not supported.
+ RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The SMBus operation is not supported.
**/
VOID
@@ -67,13 +67,13 @@ S3SmBusQuickRead ( SMBUS Command, SMBUS Data Length, and PEC.
@param[out] Status The return status for the executed command.
This is an optional parameter and may be NULL.
- RETURN_SUCCESS The SMBUS command was executed.
- RETURN_TIMEOUT A timeout occurred while executing the SMBUS command.
+ RETURN_SUCCESS The SMBUS command was executed.
+ RETURN_TIMEOUT A timeout occurred while executing the SMBUS command.
RETURN_DEVICE_ERROR The request was not completed because a failure
was recorded in the Host Status Register bit. Device errors are a result
of a transaction collision, illegal command field, unclaimed cycle
(host initiated), or bus error (collision).
- RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The SMBus operation is not supported.
+ RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The SMBus operation is not supported.
**/
VOID
@@ -99,14 +99,14 @@ S3SmBusQuickWrite ( SMBUS Command, SMBUS Data Length, and PEC.
@param[out] Status The return status for the executed command.
This is an optional parameter and may be NULL.
- RETURN_SUCCESS The SMBUS command was executed.
- RETURN_TIMEOUT A timeout occurred while executing the SMBUS command.
+ RETURN_SUCCESS The SMBUS command was executed.
+ RETURN_TIMEOUT A timeout occurred while executing the SMBUS command.
RETURN_DEVICE_ERROR The request was not completed because a failure
was recorded in the Host Status Register bit. Device errors are a result
of a transaction collision, illegal command field, unclaimed cycle
(host initiated), or bus error (collision).
RETURN_CRC_ERROR The checksum is not correct (PEC is incorrect).
- RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The SMBus operation is not supported.
+ RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The SMBus operation is not supported.
@return The byte received from the SMBUS.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3StallLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3StallLib.h index 5fd55e16fe..61b0d94035 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3StallLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/S3StallLib.h @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ /** @file
Stall Services that perform stalls and also enable the Stall operatation
to be replayed during an S3 resume. This library class maps directly on top
- of the Timer class.
+ of the Timer class.
- Copyright (c) 2007 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/SalLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/SalLib.h index 412763fb31..7f95ae8d4f 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/SalLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/SalLib.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Provides library services to make SAL Calls.
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Makes a SAL procedure call.
-
- This is a wrapper function to make a SAL procedure call.
+
+ This is a wrapper function to make a SAL procedure call.
No parameter checking is performed on the 8 input parameters,
but there are some common rules that the caller should follow
when making a SAL call. Any address passed to SAL as buffers
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/SerialPortLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/SerialPortLib.h index 965a2d964b..0c4ef58dd8 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/SerialPortLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/SerialPortLib.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
This library class provides common serial I/O port functions.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2012 - 2014, ARM Ltd. All rights reserved.
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@@ -21,11 +21,11 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Initialize the serial device hardware.
-
+
If no initialization is required, then return RETURN_SUCCESS.
If the serial device was successfully initialized, then return RETURN_SUCCESS.
If the serial device could not be initialized, then return RETURN_DEVICE_ERROR.
-
+
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The serial device was initialized.
@retval RETURN_DEVICE_ERROR The serial device could not be initialized.
@@ -37,19 +37,19 @@ SerialPortInitialize ( );
/**
- Write data from buffer to serial device.
-
- Writes NumberOfBytes data bytes from Buffer to the serial device.
+ Write data from buffer to serial device.
+
+ Writes NumberOfBytes data bytes from Buffer to the serial device.
The number of bytes actually written to the serial device is returned.
If the return value is less than NumberOfBytes, then the write operation failed.
- If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If NumberOfBytes is zero, then return 0.
@param Buffer Pointer to the data buffer to be written.
@param NumberOfBytes Number of bytes to written to the serial device.
@retval 0 NumberOfBytes is 0.
- @retval >0 The number of bytes written to the serial device.
+ @retval >0 The number of bytes written to the serial device.
If this value is less than NumberOfBytes, then the write operation failed.
**/
@@ -63,11 +63,11 @@ SerialPortWrite ( /**
Read data from serial device and save the datas in buffer.
-
+
Reads NumberOfBytes data bytes from a serial device into the buffer
- specified by Buffer. The number of bytes actually read is returned.
+ specified by Buffer. The number of bytes actually read is returned.
If the return value is less than NumberOfBytes, then the rest operation failed.
- If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If NumberOfBytes is zero, then return 0.
@param Buffer Pointer to the data buffer to store the data read from the serial device.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmbusLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmbusLib.h index 8136fc522e..13a0908f37 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmbusLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmbusLib.h @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Provides library functions to access SMBUS devices. Libraries of this class
must be ported to a specific SMBUS controller.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Computes an address that is compatible with the SMBUS Library functions.
The unused upper bits of SlaveAddress, Command, and Length are stripped
prior to the generation of the address.
-
+
@param SlaveAddress SMBUS Slave Address. Range 0..127.
@param Command SMBUS Command. Range 0..255.
@param Length SMBUS Data Length. Range 0..32.
@@ -39,36 +39,36 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
Macro that returns the SMBUS Slave Address value from an SmBusAddress Parameter value.
-
- @param SmBusAddress Address that encodes the SMBUS Slave Address, SMBUS Command, SMBUS Data Length, and PEC
+
+ @param SmBusAddress Address that encodes the SMBUS Slave Address, SMBUS Command, SMBUS Data Length, and PEC
**/
#define SMBUS_LIB_SLAVE_ADDRESS(SmBusAddress) (((SmBusAddress) >> 1) & 0x7f)
/**
Macro that returns the SMBUS Command value from an SmBusAddress Parameter value.
-
+
@param SmBusAddress Address that encodes the SMBUS Slave Address, SMBUS Command, SMBUS Data Length, and PEC
**/
#define SMBUS_LIB_COMMAND(SmBusAddress) (((SmBusAddress) >> 8) & 0xff)
/**
Macro that returns the SMBUS Data Length value from an SmBusAddress Parameter value.
-
- @param SmBusAddress Address that encodes the SMBUS Slave Address, SMBUS Command, SMBUS Data Length, and PEC
+
+ @param SmBusAddress Address that encodes the SMBUS Slave Address, SMBUS Command, SMBUS Data Length, and PEC
**/
#define SMBUS_LIB_LENGTH(SmBusAddress) (((SmBusAddress) >> 16) & 0x3f)
/**
Macro that returns the SMBUS PEC value from an SmBusAddress Parameter value.
-
- @param SmBusAddress Address that encodes the SMBUS Slave Address, SMBUS Command, SMBUS Data Length, and PEC
+
+ @param SmBusAddress Address that encodes the SMBUS Slave Address, SMBUS Command, SMBUS Data Length, and PEC
**/
#define SMBUS_LIB_PEC(SmBusAddress) ((BOOLEAN) (((SmBusAddress) & BIT22) != 0))
/**
Macro that returns the set of reserved bits from an SmBusAddress Parameter value.
-
- @param SmBusAddress Address that encodes the SMBUS Slave Address, SMBUS Command, SMBUS Data Length, and PEC
+
+ @param SmBusAddress Address that encodes the SMBUS Slave Address, SMBUS Command, SMBUS Data Length, and PEC
**/
#define SMBUS_LIB_RESERVED(SmBusAddress) ((SmBusAddress) & ~(BIT23 - 2))
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ SmBusWriteDataByte ( If Status is not NULL, then the status of the executed command is returned in Status.
If Length in SmBusAddress is not zero, then ASSERT().
If any reserved bits of SmBusAddress are set, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param SmBusAddress Address that encodes the SMBUS Slave Address,
SMBUS Command, SMBUS Data Length, and PEC.
@param Status Return status for the executed command.
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ SmBusReadBlock ( The SMBUS slave address, SMBUS command, and SMBUS length fields of SmBusAddress are required.
Bytes are written to the SMBUS from Buffer.
The number of bytes written is returned, and will never return a value larger than 32-bytes.
- If Status is not NULL, then the status of the executed command is returned in Status.
+ If Status is not NULL, then the status of the executed command is returned in Status.
If Length in SmBusAddress is zero or greater than 32, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If any reserved bits of SmBusAddress are set, then ASSERT().
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmmLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmmLib.h index d1241c1967..3b85355b7b 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmmLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmmLib.h @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ /** @file
Library class name: SmmLib
-
- SMM Library Services that abstracts both S/W SMI generation and detection.
- Copyright (c) 2007 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+ SMM Library Services that abstracts both S/W SMI generation and detection.
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+ Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+ This program and the accompanying materials
+ are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+ which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+ http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+
+ THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ /**
- Triggers an SMI at boot time.
+ Triggers an SMI at boot time.
This function triggers a software SMM interrupt at boot time.
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ TriggerBootServiceSoftwareSmi ( /**
- Triggers an SMI at run time.
+ Triggers an SMI at run time.
This function triggers a software SMM interrupt at run time.
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ TriggerRuntimeSoftwareSmi ( /**
- Test if a boot time software SMI happened.
+ Test if a boot time software SMI happened.
This function tests if a software SMM interrupt happened. If a software SMM interrupt happened and
it was triggered at boot time, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE.
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ IsBootServiceSoftwareSmi ( /**
- Test if a run time software SMI happened.
+ Test if a run time software SMI happened.
This function tests if a software SMM interrupt happened. If a software SMM interrupt happened and
it was triggered at run time, it returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE.
@@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ IsRuntimeSoftwareSmi ( );
/**
- Clear APM SMI Status Bit; Set the EOS bit.
-
+ Clear APM SMI Status Bit; Set the EOS bit.
+
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmmMemLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmmMemLib.h index 5186fd5d44..e7848b2bce 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmmMemLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmmMemLib.h @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ The SMM Mem Library provides function for checking if buffer is outside SMRAM and valid.
It also provides functions for copy data from SMRAM to non-SMRAM, from non-SMRAM to SMRAM,
from non-SMRAM to non-SMRAM, or set data in non-SMRAM.
-
- Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+
+ Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ SmmCopyMemToSmram ( If the check passes, it copies memory and returns EFI_SUCCESS.
If the check fails, it returns EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION.
The implementation must be reentrant.
-
+
@param DestinationBuffer The pointer to the destination buffer of the memory copy.
@param SourceBuffer The pointer to the source buffer of the memory copy.
@param Length The number of bytes to copy from SourceBuffer to DestinationBuffer.
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ SmmCopyMemFromSmram ( If the check passes, it copies memory and returns EFI_SUCCESS.
If the check fails, it returns EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION.
The implementation must be reentrant, and it must handle the case where source buffer overlaps destination buffer.
-
+
@param DestinationBuffer The pointer to the destination buffer of the memory copy.
@param SourceBuffer The pointer to the source buffer of the memory copy.
@param Length The number of bytes to copy from SourceBuffer to DestinationBuffer.
@@ -118,11 +118,11 @@ SmmCopyMem ( It checks if target buffer is valid per processor architecture and not overlap with SMRAM.
If the check passes, it fills memory and returns EFI_SUCCESS.
If the check fails, it returns EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION.
-
+
@param Buffer The memory to set.
@param Length The number of bytes to set.
@param Value The value with which to fill Length bytes of Buffer.
-
+
@retval EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION The Buffer is invalid per processor architecture or overlap with SMRAM.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS Memory is set.
@@ -135,4 +135,4 @@ SmmSetMem ( IN UINT8 Value
);
-#endif
\ No newline at end of file +#endif
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmmPeriodicSmiLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmmPeriodicSmiLib.h index 2bad2b7af7..d0c1f4cda7 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmmPeriodicSmiLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmmPeriodicSmiLib.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Provides services to enable and disable periodic SMI handlers.
-Copyright (c) 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -19,15 +19,15 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. /**
This function returns a pointer to a table of supported periodic
- SMI tick periods in 100 ns units sorted from largest to smallest.
- The table contains a array of UINT64 values terminated by a tick
+ SMI tick periods in 100 ns units sorted from largest to smallest.
+ The table contains a array of UINT64 values terminated by a tick
period value of 0. The returned table must be treated as read-only
data and must not be freed.
-
- @return A pointer to a table of UINT64 tick period values in
- 100ns units sorted from largest to smallest terminated
+
+ @return A pointer to a table of UINT64 tick period values in
+ 100ns units sorted from largest to smallest terminated
by a tick period of 0.
-
+
**/
UINT64 *
EFIAPI
@@ -53,30 +53,30 @@ PeriodicSmiExecutionTime ( );
/**
- This function returns control back to the SMM Foundation. When the next
+ This function returns control back to the SMM Foundation. When the next
periodic SMI for the currently executing handler is triggered, the periodic
SMI handler will restarted from its registered DispatchFunction entry point.
- If this function is not called from within an enabled periodic SMI handler,
+ If this function is not called from within an enabled periodic SMI handler,
then control is returned to the calling function.
**/
VOID
-EFIAPI
+EFIAPI
PeriodicSmiExit (
VOID
);
/**
- This function yields control back to the SMM Foundation. When the next
+ This function yields control back to the SMM Foundation. When the next
periodic SMI for the currently executing handler is triggered, the periodic
- SMI handler will be resumed and this function will return. Use of this
+ SMI handler will be resumed and this function will return. Use of this
function requires a seperate stack for the periodic SMI handler. A non zero
- stack size must be specified in PeriodicSmiEnable() for this function to be
- used.
-
+ stack size must be specified in PeriodicSmiEnable() for this function to be
+ used.
+
If the stack size passed into PeriodicSmiEnable() was zero, the 0 is returned.
-
- If this function is not called from within an enabled periodic SMI handler,
+
+ If this function is not called from within an enabled periodic SMI handler,
then 0 is returned.
@return The actual time in 100ns units elapsed since this function was
@@ -84,21 +84,21 @@ PeriodicSmiExit ( **/
UINT64
-EFIAPI
+EFIAPI
PeriodicSmiYield (
VOID
);
/**
- This function is a prototype for a periodic SMI handler function
+ This function is a prototype for a periodic SMI handler function
that may be enabled with PeriodicSmiEnable() and disabled with
PeriodicSmiDisable().
@param[in] Context Content registered with PeriodicSmiEnable().
@param[in] ElapsedTime The actual time in 100ns units elapsed since
- this function was called. A value of 0 indicates
+ this function was called. A value of 0 indicates
an unknown amount of time.
-
+
**/
typedef
VOID
@@ -106,48 +106,48 @@ VOID IN CONST VOID *Context OPTIONAL,
IN UINT64 ElapsedTime
);
-
+
/**
This function enables a periodic SMI handler.
-
- @param[in, out] DispatchHandle A pointer to the handle associated with the
- enabled periodic SMI handler. This is an
- optional parameter that may be NULL. If it is
- NULL, then the handle will not be returned,
- which means that the periodic SMI handler can
+
+ @param[in, out] DispatchHandle A pointer to the handle associated with the
+ enabled periodic SMI handler. This is an
+ optional parameter that may be NULL. If it is
+ NULL, then the handle will not be returned,
+ which means that the periodic SMI handler can
never be disabled.
@param[in] DispatchFunction A pointer to a periodic SMI handler function.
@param[in] Context Optional content to pass into DispatchFunction.
- @param[in] TickPeriod The requested tick period in 100ns units that
+ @param[in] TickPeriod The requested tick period in 100ns units that
control should be givien to the periodic SMI
handler. Must be one of the supported values
returned by PeriodicSmiSupportedPickPeriod().
@param[in] Cpu Specifies the CPU that is required to execute
- the periodic SMI handler. If Cpu is
- PERIODIC_SMI_LIBRARY_ANY_CPU, then the periodic
- SMI handler will always be executed on the SMST
- CurrentlyExecutingCpu, which may vary across
- periodic SMIs. If Cpu is between 0 and the SMST
+ the periodic SMI handler. If Cpu is
+ PERIODIC_SMI_LIBRARY_ANY_CPU, then the periodic
+ SMI handler will always be executed on the SMST
+ CurrentlyExecutingCpu, which may vary across
+ periodic SMIs. If Cpu is between 0 and the SMST
NumberOfCpus, then the periodic SMI will always
be executed on the requested CPU.
@param[in] StackSize The size, in bytes, of the stack to allocate for
use by the periodic SMI handler. If 0, then the
default stack will be used.
-
+
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DispatchFunction is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED TickPeriod is not a supported tick period. The
- supported tick periods can be retrieved using
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED TickPeriod is not a supported tick period. The
+ supported tick periods can be retrieved using
PeriodicSmiSupportedTickPeriod().
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Cpu is not PERIODIC_SMI_LIBRARY_ANY_CPU or in
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Cpu is not PERIODIC_SMI_LIBRARY_ANY_CPU or in
the range 0 to SMST NumberOfCpus.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources to enable the
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources to enable the
periodic SMI handler.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources to allocate the
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources to allocate the
stack speficied by StackSize.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The periodic SMI handler was enabled.
-
+
**/
-EFI_STATUS
+EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
PeriodicSmiEnable (
IN OUT EFI_HANDLE *DispatchHandle, OPTIONAL
@@ -161,24 +161,24 @@ PeriodicSmiEnable ( /**
This function disables a periodic SMI handler that has been previously
enabled with PeriodicSmiEnable().
-
- @param[in] DispatchHandle A handle associated with a previously enabled periodic
+
+ @param[in] DispatchHandle A handle associated with a previously enabled periodic
SMI handler. This is an optional parameter that may
be NULL. If it is NULL, then the active periodic SMI
handlers is disabled.
@retval FALSE DispatchHandle is NULL and there is no active periodic SMI handler.
- @retval FALSE The periodic SMI handler specified by DispatchHandle has
+ @retval FALSE The periodic SMI handler specified by DispatchHandle has
not been enabled with PeriodicSmiEnable().
- @retval TRUE The periodic SMI handler specified by DispatchHandle has
+ @retval TRUE The periodic SMI handler specified by DispatchHandle has
been disabled. If DispatchHandle is NULL, then the active
periodic SMI handler has been disabled.
-
+
**/
-BOOLEAN
+BOOLEAN
EFIAPI
PeriodicSmiDisable (
IN EFI_HANDLE DispatchHandle OPTIONAL
);
-
+
#endif
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmmServicesTableLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmmServicesTableLib.h index de2f57b789..01e999d234 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmmServicesTableLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/SmmServicesTableLib.h @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Provides a service to retrieve a pointer to the SMM Services Table.
Only available to SMM module types.
-Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. extern EFI_SMM_SYSTEM_TABLE2 *gSmst;
/**
- This function allows the caller to determine if the driver is executing in
+ This function allows the caller to determine if the driver is executing in
System Management Mode(SMM).
- This function returns TRUE if the driver is executing in SMM and FALSE if the
+ This function returns TRUE if the driver is executing in SMM and FALSE if the
driver is not executing in SMM.
@retval TRUE The driver is executing in System Management Mode (SMM).
- @retval FALSE The driver is not executing in System Management Mode (SMM).
+ @retval FALSE The driver is not executing in System Management Mode (SMM).
**/
BOOLEAN
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/SynchronizationLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/SynchronizationLib.h index 6cf3d71770..da69f6ff5e 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/SynchronizationLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/SynchronizationLib.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Provides synchronization functions.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ typedef volatile UINTN SPIN_LOCK; optimal spin lock performance.
This function retrieves the spin lock alignment requirements for optimal
- performance on a given CPU architecture. The spin lock alignment is byte alignment.
+ performance on a given CPU architecture. The spin lock alignment is byte alignment.
It must be a power of two and is returned by this function. If there are no alignment
requirements, then 1 must be returned. The spin lock synchronization
functions must function correctly if the spin lock size and alignment values
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiApplicationEntryPoint.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiApplicationEntryPoint.h index ec568ab6c5..89725a74bb 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiApplicationEntryPoint.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiApplicationEntryPoint.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** @file
Module entry point library for UEFI Applications.
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. #define __UEFI_APPLICATION_ENTRY_POINT_H__
///
-/// Declare the EFI/UEFI Specification Revision to which this driver is implemented
+/// Declare the EFI/UEFI Specification Revision to which this driver is implemented
///
extern CONST UINT32 _gUefiDriverRevision;
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ _ModuleEntryPoint ( /**
- Required by the EBC compiler and identical in functionality to _ModuleEntryPoint().
+ Required by the EBC compiler and identical in functionality to _ModuleEntryPoint().
@param ImageHandle The image handle of the UEFI Application.
@param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
@@ -67,13 +67,13 @@ EfiMain ( /**
Invokes the library destructors for all dependent libraries and terminates
- the UEFI Application.
+ the UEFI Application.
This function calls ProcessLibraryDestructorList() and the EFI Boot Service Exit()
with a status specified by Status.
@param Status Status returned by the application that is exiting.
-
+
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Exit ( This function must be called by _ModuleEntryPoint().
This function calls the set of library constructors for the set of library instances
that a module depends on. This includes library instances that a module depends on
- directly and library instances that a module depends on indirectly through other libraries.
+ directly and library instances that a module depends on indirectly through other libraries.
This function is autogenerated by build tools and those build tools are responsible for
collecting the set of library instances, determine which ones have constructors, and
calling the library constructors in the proper order based upon each of the library
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Exit ( @param ImageHandle The image handle of the UEFI Application.
@param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
+
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ ProcessLibraryConstructorList ( This function may be called by _ModuleEntryPoint()or Exit().
This function calls the set of library destructors for the set of library instances
that a module depends on. This includes library instances that a module depends on
- directly and library instances that a module depends on indirectly through other libraries.
+ directly and library instances that a module depends on indirectly through other libraries.
This function is autogenerated by build tools and those build tools are responsible
for collecting the set of library instances, determine which ones have destructors,
and calling the library destructors in the proper order based upon each of the library
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ ProcessLibraryDestructorList ( /**
This function calls the set of module entry points. It must be called by _ModuleEntryPoint().
- This function is autogenerated by build tools and those build tools are
+ This function is autogenerated by build tools and those build tools are
responsible for collecting the module entry points and calling them in a specified order.
@param ImageHandle The image handle of the UEFI Application.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiDecompressLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiDecompressLib.h index de4e888644..f6675ffcba 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiDecompressLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiDecompressLib.h @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ /** @file
Provides services to decompress a buffer using the UEFI Decompress algorithm.
- The UEFI Decompress Library enables the decompression of objects that
- were compressed using the UEFI compression scheme. The UEFI Decompress
- Library is independent of environment and requires the caller to allocate
+ The UEFI Decompress Library enables the decompression of objects that
+ were compressed using the UEFI compression scheme. The UEFI Decompress
+ Library is independent of environment and requires the caller to allocate
all required memory buffers.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -21,18 +21,18 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. #define __UEFI_DECPOMPRESS_LIB_H__
/**
- Given a compressed source buffer, this function retrieves the size of
- the uncompressed buffer and the size of the scratch buffer required
+ Given a compressed source buffer, this function retrieves the size of
+ the uncompressed buffer and the size of the scratch buffer required
to decompress the compressed source buffer.
- Retrieves the size of the uncompressed buffer and the temporary scratch buffer
+ Retrieves the size of the uncompressed buffer and the temporary scratch buffer
required to decompress the buffer specified by Source and SourceSize.
If the size of the uncompressed buffer or the size of the scratch buffer cannot
- be determined from the compressed data specified by Source and SourceData,
+ be determined from the compressed data specified by Source and SourceData,
then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned. Otherwise, the size of the uncompressed
buffer is returned in DestinationSize, the size of the scratch buffer is returned
in ScratchSize, and RETURN_SUCCESS is returned.
- This function does not have scratch buffer available to perform a thorough
+ This function does not have scratch buffer available to perform a thorough
checking of the validity of the source data. It just retrieves the "Original Size"
field from the beginning bytes of the source data and output it as DestinationSize.
And ScratchSize is specific to the decompression implementation.
@@ -47,16 +47,16 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. that will be generated when the compressed buffer specified
by Source and SourceSize is decompressed.
@param ScratchSize A pointer to the size, in bytes, of the scratch buffer that
- is required to decompress the compressed buffer specified
+ is required to decompress the compressed buffer specified
by Source and SourceSize.
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The size of the uncompressed data was returned
- in DestinationSize and the size of the scratch
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The size of the uncompressed data was returned
+ in DestinationSize and the size of the scratch
buffer was returned in ScratchSize.
- @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER
- The size of the uncompressed data or the size of
- the scratch buffer cannot be determined from
- the compressed data specified by Source
+ @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER
+ The size of the uncompressed data or the size of
+ the scratch buffer cannot be determined from
+ the compressed data specified by Source
and SourceSize.
**/
RETURN_STATUS
@@ -74,10 +74,10 @@ UefiDecompressGetInfo ( Extracts decompressed data to its original form.
This function is designed so that the decompression algorithm can be implemented
without using any memory services. As a result, this function is not allowed to
- call any memory allocation services in its implementation. It is the caller's
+ call any memory allocation services in its implementation. It is the caller's
responsibility to allocate and free the Destination and Scratch buffers.
- If the compressed source data specified by Source is successfully decompressed
- into Destination, then RETURN_SUCCESS is returned. If the compressed source data
+ If the compressed source data specified by Source is successfully decompressed
+ into Destination, then RETURN_SUCCESS is returned. If the compressed source data
specified by Source is not in a valid compressed data format,
then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
@@ -88,13 +88,13 @@ UefiDecompressGetInfo ( @param Source The source buffer containing the compressed data.
@param Destination The destination buffer to store the decompressed data
@param Scratch A temporary scratch buffer that is used to perform the decompression.
- This is an optional parameter that may be NULL if the
+ This is an optional parameter that may be NULL if the
required scratch buffer size is 0.
-
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Decompression completed successfully, and
+
+ @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Decompression completed successfully, and
the uncompressed buffer is returned in Destination.
- @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER
- The source buffer specified by Source is corrupted
+ @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER
+ The source buffer specified by Source is corrupted
(not in a valid compressed format).
**/
RETURN_STATUS
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h index f9d9befb9c..4608c46b5f 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiDriverEntryPoint.h @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Module entry point library for UEFI drivers, DXE Drivers, DXE Runtime Drivers,
and DXE SMM Drivers.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@@ -22,18 +22,18 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. extern CONST UINT32 _gDxeRevision;
///
-/// Declare the EFI/UEFI Specification Revision to which this driver is implemented
+/// Declare the EFI/UEFI Specification Revision to which this driver is implemented
///
extern CONST UINT32 _gUefiDriverRevision;
///
-/// Declare the number of unload handler in the image.
+/// Declare the number of unload handler in the image.
///
extern CONST UINT8 _gDriverUnloadImageCount;
/**
- The entry point of PE/COFF Image for a DXE Driver, DXE Runtime Driver, DXE SMM Driver, or UEFI Driver.
+ The entry point of PE/COFF Image for a DXE Driver, DXE Runtime Driver, DXE SMM Driver, or UEFI Driver.
This function is the entry point for a DXE Driver, DXE Runtime Driver, DXE SMM Driver,
or UEFI Driver. This function must call ProcessLibraryConstructorList() and
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ _ModuleEntryPoint ( /**
- Required by the EBC compiler and identical in functionality to _ModuleEntryPoint().
+ Required by the EBC compiler and identical in functionality to _ModuleEntryPoint().
This function is required to call _ModuleEntryPoint() passing in ImageHandle, and SystemTable.
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ EfiMain ( /**
Invokes the library destructors for all dependent libraries and terminates the
- DXE Driver, DXE Runtime Driver, DXE SMM Driver, or UEFI Driver.
+ DXE Driver, DXE Runtime Driver, DXE SMM Driver, or UEFI Driver.
This function calls ProcessLibraryDestructorList() and the EFI Boot Service Exit()
with a status specified by Status.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ ExitDriver ( This function must be called by _ModuleEntryPoint().
This function calls the set of library constructors for the set of library instances
that a module depends on. This includes library instances that a module depends on
- directly and library instances that a module depends on indirectly through other libraries.
+ directly and library instances that a module depends on indirectly through other libraries.
This function is autogenerated by build tools and those build tools are responsible
for collecting the set of library instances, determine which ones have constructors,
and calling the library constructors in the proper order based upon each of the library
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ ProcessLibraryConstructorList ( This function may be called by _ModuleEntryPoint() or ExitDriver().
This function calls the set of library destructors for the set of library instances
that a module depends on. This includes library instances that a module depends on
- directly and library instances that a module depends on indirectly through other libraries.
+ directly and library instances that a module depends on indirectly through other libraries.
This function is autogenerated by build tools and those build tools are responsible for
collecting the set of library instances, determine which ones have destructors, and calling
the library destructors in the proper order based upon each of the library instances own dependencies.
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ ProcessLibraryDestructorList ( Autogenerated function that calls a set of module entry points.
This function must be called by _ModuleEntryPoint().
- This function calls the set of module entry points.
+ This function calls the set of module entry points.
This function is autogenerated by build tools and those build tools are responsible
for collecting the module entry points and calling them in a specified order.
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ ProcessModuleEntryPointList ( Autogenerated function that calls a set of module unload handlers.
This function must be called from the unload handler registered by _ModuleEntryPoint().
- This function calls the set of module unload handlers.
+ This function calls the set of module unload handlers.
This function is autogenerated by build tools and those build tools are responsible
for collecting the module unload handlers and calling them in a specified order.
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiLib.h index 617420ee05..7c6fde620c 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiLib.h @@ -2,10 +2,10 @@ Provides library functions for common UEFI operations. Only available to DXE
and UEFI module types.
- The UEFI Library provides functions and macros that simplify the development of
- UEFI Drivers and UEFI Applications. These functions and macros help manage EFI
- events, build simple locks utilizing EFI Task Priority Levels (TPLs), install
- EFI Driver Model related protocols, manage Unicode string tables for UEFI Drivers,
+ The UEFI Library provides functions and macros that simplify the development of
+ UEFI Drivers and UEFI Applications. These functions and macros help manage EFI
+ events, build simple locks utilizing EFI Task Priority Levels (TPLs), install
+ EFI Driver Model related protocols, manage Unicode string tables for UEFI Drivers,
and print messages on the console output and standard error devices.
Note that a reserved macro named MDEPKG_NDEBUG is introduced for the intention
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ defined, then debug and assert related macros wrapped by it are the NULL implementations.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ typedef enum { } EFI_LOCK_STATE;
///
-/// EFI Lock
+/// EFI Lock
///
typedef struct {
EFI_TPL Tpl;
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ typedef struct { #define EFI_TIMER_PERIOD_SECONDS(Seconds) MultU64x32((UINT64)(Seconds), 10000000)
/**
- Macro that returns the a pointer to the next EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR in an array
- returned from GetMemoryMap().
+ Macro that returns the a pointer to the next EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR in an array
+ returned from GetMemoryMap().
@param MemoryDescriptor A pointer to an EFI_MEMORY_DESCRIPTOR.
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ typedef struct { /**
Retrieves a pointer to the system configuration table from the EFI System Table
based on a specified GUID.
-
+
This function searches the list of configuration tables stored in the EFI System Table
for a table with a GUID that matches TableGuid. If a match is found, then a pointer to
the configuration table is returned in Table, and EFI_SUCCESS is returned. If a matching GUID
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ typedef struct { **/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
-EfiGetSystemConfigurationTable (
+EfiGetSystemConfigurationTable (
IN EFI_GUID *TableGuid,
OUT VOID **Table
);
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ EfiGetSystemConfigurationTable ( no instances of ProtocolGuid in the handle database at the time this function is invoked,
then the notification function is still executed one time. In addition, every time a protocol
of type ProtocolGuid instance is installed or reinstalled, the notification function is also
- executed. This function returns the notification event that was created.
+ executed. This function returns the notification event that was created.
If ProtocolGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
If NotifyTpl is not a legal TPL value, then ASSERT().
If NotifyFunction is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ EfiGetSystemConfigurationTable ( @param NotifyContext The context parameter to pass to NotifyFunction.
@param Registration A pointer to a memory location to receive the registration value.
This value is passed to LocateHandle() to obtain new handles that
- have been added that support the ProtocolGuid-specified protocol.
+ have been added that support the ProtocolGuid-specified protocol.
@return The notification event that was created.
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ EfiCreateProtocolNotifyEvent( This function creates an event using NotifyTpl, NoifyFunction, and NotifyContext.
This event is signaled with EfiNamedEventSignal(). This provides the ability for one or more
- listeners on the same event named by the GUID specified by Name.
+ listeners on the same event named by the GUID specified by Name.
If Name is NULL, then ASSERT().
If NotifyTpl is not a legal TPL value, then ASSERT().
If NotifyFunction is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ EfiCreateProtocolNotifyEvent( @param Name Supplies GUID name of the event.
@param NotifyTpl Supplies the task priority level of the event notifications.
@param NotifyFunction Supplies the function to notify when the event is signaled.
- @param NotifyContext The context parameter to pass to NotifyFunction.
+ @param NotifyContext The context parameter to pass to NotifyFunction.
@param Registration A pointer to a memory location to receive the registration value.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS A named event was created.
@@ -257,13 +257,13 @@ EfiEventEmptyFunction ( IN VOID *Context
);
-/**
+/**
Returns the current TPL.
- This function returns the current TPL. There is no EFI service to directly
- retrieve the current TPL. Instead, the RaiseTPL() function is used to raise
- the TPL to TPL_HIGH_LEVEL. This will return the current TPL. The TPL level
- can then immediately be restored back to the current TPL level with a call
+ This function returns the current TPL. There is no EFI service to directly
+ retrieve the current TPL. Instead, the RaiseTPL() function is used to raise
+ the TPL to TPL_HIGH_LEVEL. This will return the current TPL. The TPL level
+ can then immediately be restored back to the current TPL level with a call
to RestoreTPL().
@return The current TPL.
@@ -278,8 +278,8 @@ EfiGetCurrentTpl ( /**
Initializes a basic mutual exclusion lock.
- This function initializes a basic mutual exclusion lock to the released state
- and returns the lock. Each lock provides mutual exclusion access at its task
+ This function initializes a basic mutual exclusion lock to the released state
+ and returns the lock. Each lock provides mutual exclusion access at its task
priority level. Since there is no preemption or multiprocessor support in EFI,
acquiring the lock only consists of raising to the locks TPL.
If Lock is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -301,8 +301,8 @@ EfiInitializeLock ( /**
Initializes a basic mutual exclusion lock.
- This macro initializes the contents of a basic mutual exclusion lock to the
- released state. Each lock provides mutual exclusion access at its task
+ This macro initializes the contents of a basic mutual exclusion lock to the
+ released state. Each lock provides mutual exclusion access at its task
priority level. Since there is no preemption or multiprocessor support in EFI,
acquiring the lock only consists of raising to the locks TPL.
@@ -318,10 +318,10 @@ EfiInitializeLock ( /**
Macro that calls DebugAssert() if an EFI_LOCK structure is not in the locked state.
- If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED
- bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro evaluates the EFI_LOCK
+ If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED
+ bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro evaluates the EFI_LOCK
structure specified by Lock. If Lock is not in the locked state, then
- DebugAssert() is called passing in the source filename, source line number,
+ DebugAssert() is called passing in the source filename, source line number,
and Lock.
If Lock is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ EfiInitializeLock ( @param LockParameter A pointer to the lock to acquire.
**/
-#if !defined(MDEPKG_NDEBUG)
+#if !defined(MDEPKG_NDEBUG)
#define ASSERT_LOCKED(LockParameter) \
do { \
if (DebugAssertEnabled ()) { \
@@ -347,8 +347,8 @@ EfiInitializeLock ( /**
Acquires ownership of a lock.
- This function raises the system's current task priority level to the task
- priority level of the mutual exclusion lock. Then, it places the lock in the
+ This function raises the system's current task priority level to the task
+ priority level of the mutual exclusion lock. Then, it places the lock in the
acquired state.
If Lock is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Lock is not initialized, then ASSERT().
@@ -388,8 +388,8 @@ EfiAcquireLockOrFail ( /**
Releases ownership of a lock.
- This function transitions a mutual exclusion lock from the acquired state to
- the released state, and restores the system's task priority level to its
+ This function transitions a mutual exclusion lock from the acquired state to
+ the released state, and restores the system's task priority level to its
previous level.
If Lock is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Lock is not initialized, then ASSERT().
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ EfiReleaseLock ( currently managing the controller specified by ControllerHandle. This test
is performed by evaluating if the the protocol specified by ProtocolGuid is
present on ControllerHandle and is was opened by DriverBindingHandle with an
- attribute of EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER.
+ attribute of EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_DRIVER.
If ProtocolGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param ControllerHandle A handle for a controller to test.
@@ -444,10 +444,10 @@ EfiTestManagedDevice ( ChildHandle with an attribute of EFI_OPEN_PROTOCOL_BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER.
If ProtocolGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- @param ControllerHandle A handle for a (parent) controller to test.
+ @param ControllerHandle A handle for a (parent) controller to test.
@param ChildHandle A child handle to test.
@param ProtocolGuid Supplies the protocol that the child controller
- opens on its parent controller.
+ opens on its parent controller.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS ChildHandle is a child of the ControllerHandle.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED ChildHandle is not a child of the
@@ -469,26 +469,26 @@ EfiTestChildHandle ( UnicodeStringTable that matches the language code specified by Language, then it
is returned in UnicodeString.
- @param Language A pointer to the ISO 639-2 language code for the
+ @param Language A pointer to the ISO 639-2 language code for the
Unicode string to look up and return.
- @param SupportedLanguages A pointer to the set of ISO 639-2 language codes
- that the Unicode string table supports. Language
+ @param SupportedLanguages A pointer to the set of ISO 639-2 language codes
+ that the Unicode string table supports. Language
must be a member of this set.
@param UnicodeStringTable A pointer to the table of Unicode strings.
@param UnicodeString A pointer to the Unicode string from UnicodeStringTable
that matches the language specified by Language.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Unicode string that matches the language
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Unicode string that matches the language
specified by Language was found
- in the table of Unicode strings UnicodeStringTable,
+ in the table of Unicode strings UnicodeStringTable,
and it was returned in UnicodeString.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER UnicodeString is NULL.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED SupportedLanguages is NULL.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED UnicodeStringTable is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The language specified by Language is not a
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The language specified by Language is not a
member of SupportedLanguages.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The language specified by Language is not
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The language specified by Language is not
supported by UnicodeStringTable.
**/
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ LookupUnicodeString ( return. If Iso639Language is TRUE, then this ASCII string is
not assumed to be Null-terminated, and only the first three
characters are used. If Iso639Language is FALSE, then this ASCII
- string must be Null-terminated.
+ string must be Null-terminated.
@param SupportedLanguages A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string that contains a
set of ISO 639-2 or RFC 4646 language codes that the Unicode
string table supports. Language must be a member of this set.
@@ -533,11 +533,11 @@ LookupUnicodeString ( @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Unicode string that matches the language specified by Language
was found in the table of Unicode strings UnicodeStringTable, and
it was returned in UnicodeString.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER UnicodeString is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED SupportedLanguages is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED UnicodeStringTable is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The language specified by Language is not a member of SupportedLanguages.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER UnicodeString is NULL.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED SupportedLanguages is NULL.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED UnicodeStringTable is NULL.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The language specified by Language is not a member of SupportedLanguages.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The language specified by Language is not supported by UnicodeStringTable.
**/
@@ -554,13 +554,13 @@ LookupUnicodeString2 ( /**
This function adds a Unicode string to UnicodeStringTable.
- If Language is a member of SupportedLanguages then UnicodeString is added to
- UnicodeStringTable. New buffers are allocated for both Language and
- UnicodeString. The contents of Language and UnicodeString are copied into
- these new buffers. These buffers are automatically freed when
+ If Language is a member of SupportedLanguages then UnicodeString is added to
+ UnicodeStringTable. New buffers are allocated for both Language and
+ UnicodeString. The contents of Language and UnicodeString are copied into
+ these new buffers. These buffers are automatically freed when
FreeUnicodeStringTable() is called.
- @param Language A pointer to the ISO 639-2 language code for the Unicode
+ @param Language A pointer to the ISO 639-2 language code for the Unicode
string to add.
@param SupportedLanguages A pointer to the set of ISO 639-2 language codes
that the Unicode string table supports.
@@ -568,19 +568,19 @@ LookupUnicodeString2 ( @param UnicodeStringTable A pointer to the table of Unicode strings.
@param UnicodeString A pointer to the Unicode string to add.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Unicode string that matches the language
- specified by Language was found in the table of
- Unicode strings UnicodeStringTable, and it was
+ @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Unicode string that matches the language
+ specified by Language was found in the table of
+ Unicode strings UnicodeStringTable, and it was
returned in UnicodeString.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER UnicodeString is NULL.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER UnicodeString is an empty string.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED SupportedLanguages is NULL.
- @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED A Unicode string with language Language is
+ @retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED A Unicode string with language Language is
already present in UnicodeStringTable.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough memory to add another
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough memory to add another
Unicode string to UnicodeStringTable.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The language specified by Language is not a
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The language specified by Language is not a
member of SupportedLanguages.
**/
@@ -617,21 +617,21 @@ AddUnicodeString ( RFC 4646 language codes separated by ';'.
@param UnicodeStringTable A pointer to the table of Unicode strings. Type EFI_UNICODE_STRING_TABLE
is defined in "Related Definitions".
- @param UnicodeString A pointer to the Unicode string to add.
+ @param UnicodeString A pointer to the Unicode string to add.
@param Iso639Language Specifies the supported language code format. If it is TRUE,
then Language and SupportedLanguages follow ISO 639-2 language code format.
Otherwise, they follow RFC 4646 language code format.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The Unicode string that matches the language specified by
Language was found in the table of Unicode strings UnicodeStringTable,
- and it was returned in UnicodeString.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER UnicodeString is NULL.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER UnicodeString is an empty string.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED SupportedLanguages is NULL.
+ and it was returned in UnicodeString.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Language is NULL.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER UnicodeString is NULL.
+ @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER UnicodeString is an empty string.
+ @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED SupportedLanguages is NULL.
@retval EFI_ALREADY_STARTED A Unicode string with language Language is already present in
- UnicodeStringTable.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough memory to add another Unicode string UnicodeStringTable.
+ UnicodeStringTable.
+ @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough memory to add another Unicode string UnicodeStringTable.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The language specified by Language is not a member of SupportedLanguages.
**/
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ AddUnicodeString2 ( This function frees the table of Unicode strings in UnicodeStringTable.
If UnicodeStringTable is NULL, then EFI_SUCCESS is returned.
- Otherwise, each language code, and each Unicode string in the Unicode string
+ Otherwise, each language code, and each Unicode string in the Unicode string
table are freed, and EFI_SUCCESS is returned.
@param UnicodeStringTable A pointer to the table of Unicode strings.
@@ -668,8 +668,8 @@ FreeUnicodeStringTable ( /**
[ATTENTION] This function will be deprecated for security reason.
- Returns a pointer to an allocated buffer that contains the contents of a
- variable retrieved through the UEFI Runtime Service GetVariable(). The
+ Returns a pointer to an allocated buffer that contains the contents of a
+ variable retrieved through the UEFI Runtime Service GetVariable(). The
returned buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller is responsible
for freeing this buffer with FreePool().
@@ -694,10 +694,10 @@ GetVariable ( /**
[ATTENTION] This function will be deprecated for security reason.
- Returns a pointer to an allocated buffer that contains the contents of a
- variable retrieved through the UEFI Runtime Service GetVariable(). This
+ Returns a pointer to an allocated buffer that contains the contents of a
+ variable retrieved through the UEFI Runtime Service GetVariable(). This
function always uses the EFI_GLOBAL_VARIABLE GUID to retrieve variables.
- The returned buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller is
+ The returned buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller is
responsible for freeing this buffer with FreePool().
If Name is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -718,8 +718,8 @@ GetEfiGlobalVariable ( /**
- Returns the status whether get the variable success. The function retrieves
- variable through the UEFI Runtime Service GetVariable(). The
+ Returns the status whether get the variable success. The function retrieves
+ variable through the UEFI Runtime Service GetVariable(). The
returned buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller is responsible
for freeing this buffer with FreePool().
@@ -747,10 +747,10 @@ GetVariable2 ( );
/**
- Returns a pointer to an allocated buffer that contains the contents of a
- variable retrieved through the UEFI Runtime Service GetVariable(). This
+ Returns a pointer to an allocated buffer that contains the contents of a
+ variable retrieved through the UEFI Runtime Service GetVariable(). This
function always uses the EFI_GLOBAL_VARIABLE GUID to retrieve variables.
- The returned buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller is
+ The returned buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller is
responsible for freeing this buffer with FreePool().
If Name is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -774,76 +774,76 @@ GetEfiGlobalVariable2 ( );
/**
- Returns a pointer to an allocated buffer that contains the best matching language
- from a set of supported languages.
-
- This function supports both ISO 639-2 and RFC 4646 language codes, but language
- code types may not be mixed in a single call to this function. The language
- code returned is allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller is responsible for
+ Returns a pointer to an allocated buffer that contains the best matching language
+ from a set of supported languages.
+
+ This function supports both ISO 639-2 and RFC 4646 language codes, but language
+ code types may not be mixed in a single call to this function. The language
+ code returned is allocated using AllocatePool(). The caller is responsible for
freeing the allocated buffer using FreePool(). This function supports a variable
- argument list that allows the caller to pass in a prioritized list of language
- codes to test against all the language codes in SupportedLanguages.
+ argument list that allows the caller to pass in a prioritized list of language
+ codes to test against all the language codes in SupportedLanguages.
If SupportedLanguages is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] SupportedLanguages A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string that
- contains a set of language codes in the format
+ contains a set of language codes in the format
specified by Iso639Language.
@param[in] Iso639Language If not zero, then all language codes are assumed to be
in ISO 639-2 format. If zero, then all language
codes are assumed to be in RFC 4646 language format
- @param[in] ... A variable argument list that contains pointers to
+ @param[in] ... A variable argument list that contains pointers to
Null-terminated ASCII strings that contain one or more
language codes in the format specified by Iso639Language.
The first language code from each of these language
code lists is used to determine if it is an exact or
- close match to any of the language codes in
+ close match to any of the language codes in
SupportedLanguages. Close matches only apply to RFC 4646
language codes, and the matching algorithm from RFC 4647
- is used to determine if a close match is present. If
+ is used to determine if a close match is present. If
an exact or close match is found, then the matching
language code from SupportedLanguages is returned. If
no matches are found, then the next variable argument
- parameter is evaluated. The variable argument list
+ parameter is evaluated. The variable argument list
is terminated by a NULL.
@retval NULL The best matching language could not be found in SupportedLanguages.
- @retval NULL There are not enough resources available to return the best matching
+ @retval NULL There are not enough resources available to return the best matching
language.
- @retval Other A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string that is the best matching
+ @retval Other A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string that is the best matching
language in SupportedLanguages.
**/
CHAR8 *
EFIAPI
GetBestLanguage (
- IN CONST CHAR8 *SupportedLanguages,
+ IN CONST CHAR8 *SupportedLanguages,
IN UINTN Iso639Language,
...
);
/**
- Draws a dialog box to the console output device specified by
+ Draws a dialog box to the console output device specified by
ConOut defined in the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE and waits for a keystroke
- from the console input device specified by ConIn defined in the
+ from the console input device specified by ConIn defined in the
EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE.
If there are no strings in the variable argument list, then ASSERT().
If all the strings in the variable argument list are empty, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Attribute Specifies the foreground and background color of the popup.
- @param[out] Key A pointer to the EFI_KEY value of the key that was
+ @param[out] Key A pointer to the EFI_KEY value of the key that was
pressed. This is an optional parameter that may be NULL.
If it is NULL then no wait for a keypress will be performed.
@param[in] ... The variable argument list that contains pointers to Null-
- terminated Unicode strings to display in the dialog box.
+ terminated Unicode strings to display in the dialog box.
The variable argument list is terminated by a NULL.
**/
VOID
EFIAPI
CreatePopUp (
- IN UINTN Attribute,
+ IN UINTN Attribute,
OUT EFI_INPUT_KEY *Key, OPTIONAL
...
);
@@ -875,13 +875,13 @@ GetGlyphWidth ( of the Unicode characters in String can not be determined, then 0 is returned. The display
width of String can be computed by summing the display widths of each Unicode character
in String. Unicode characters that are narrow glyphs have a width of 1, and Unicode
- characters that are width glyphs have a width of 2.
+ characters that are width glyphs have a width of 2.
If String is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@param String A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
@return The display length of the Null-terminated Unicode string specified by String.
-
+
**/
UINTN
EFIAPI
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ UnicodeStringDisplayLength ( //
/**
Create, Signal, and Close the Ready to Boot event using EfiSignalEventReadyToBoot().
-
+
This function abstracts the signaling of the Ready to Boot Event. The Framework moved
from a proprietary to UEFI 2.0 based mechanism. This library abstracts the caller
from how this event is created to prevent to code form having to change with the
@@ -947,8 +947,8 @@ EfiCreateEventLegacyBoot ( /**
Create an EFI event in the Legacy Boot Event Group and allows
- the caller to specify a notification function.
-
+ the caller to specify a notification function.
+
This function abstracts the creation of the Legacy Boot Event.
The Framework moved from a proprietary to UEFI 2.0 based mechanism.
This library abstracts the caller from how this event is created to prevent
@@ -977,10 +977,10 @@ EfiCreateEventLegacyBootEx ( Create an EFI event in the Ready To Boot Event Group.
Prior to UEFI 2.0 this was done via a non-standard UEFI extension, and this library
- abstracts the implementation mechanism of this event from the caller.
- This function abstracts the creation of the Ready to Boot Event. The Framework
- moved from a proprietary to UEFI 2.0-based mechanism. This library abstracts
- the caller from how this event is created to prevent the code form having to
+ abstracts the implementation mechanism of this event from the caller.
+ This function abstracts the creation of the Ready to Boot Event. The Framework
+ moved from a proprietary to UEFI 2.0-based mechanism. This library abstracts
+ the caller from how this event is created to prevent the code form having to
change with the version of the specification supported.
If ReadyToBootEvent is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -998,8 +998,8 @@ EfiCreateEventReadyToBoot ( /**
Create an EFI event in the Ready To Boot Event Group and allows
- the caller to specify a notification function.
-
+ the caller to specify a notification function.
+
This function abstracts the creation of the Ready to Boot Event.
The Framework moved from a proprietary to UEFI 2.0 based mechanism.
This library abstracts the caller from how this event is created to prevent
@@ -1026,16 +1026,16 @@ EfiCreateEventReadyToBootEx ( /**
Initialize a Firmware Volume (FV) Media Device Path node.
-
- The Framework FwVol Device Path changed to conform to the UEFI 2.0 specification.
- This library function abstracts initializing a device path node.
- Initialize the MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH data structure. This device
- path changed in the DXE CIS version 0.92 in a non back ward compatible way to
- not conflict with the UEFI 2.0 specification. This function abstracts the
+
+ The Framework FwVol Device Path changed to conform to the UEFI 2.0 specification.
+ This library function abstracts initializing a device path node.
+ Initialize the MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH data structure. This device
+ path changed in the DXE CIS version 0.92 in a non back ward compatible way to
+ not conflict with the UEFI 2.0 specification. This function abstracts the
differences from the caller.
If FvDevicePathNode is NULL, then ASSERT().
If NameGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param FvDevicePathNode The pointer to a FV device path node to initialize
@param NameGuid FV file name to use in FvDevicePathNode
@@ -1048,14 +1048,14 @@ EfiInitializeFwVolDevicepathNode ( );
/**
- Check to see if the Firmware Volume (FV) Media Device Path is valid
-
- The Framework FwVol Device Path changed to conform to the UEFI 2.0 specification.
+ Check to see if the Firmware Volume (FV) Media Device Path is valid
+
+ The Framework FwVol Device Path changed to conform to the UEFI 2.0 specification.
This library function abstracts validating a device path node.
- Check the MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH data structure to see if it's valid.
- If it is valid, then return the GUID file name from the device path node. Otherwise,
- return NULL. This device path changed in the DXE CIS version 0.92 in a non backward
- compatible way to not conflict with the UEFI 2.0 specification. This function abstracts
+ Check the MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH data structure to see if it's valid.
+ If it is valid, then return the GUID file name from the device path node. Otherwise,
+ return NULL. This device path changed in the DXE CIS version 0.92 in a non backward
+ compatible way to not conflict with the UEFI 2.0 specification. This function abstracts
the differences from the caller.
If FvDevicePathNode is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -1071,23 +1071,23 @@ EfiGetNameGuidFromFwVolDevicePathNode ( IN CONST MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *FvDevicePathNode
);
-/**
- Prints a formatted Unicode string to the console output device specified by
+/**
+ Prints a formatted Unicode string to the console output device specified by
ConOut defined in the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE.
- This function prints a formatted Unicode string to the console output device
- specified by ConOut in EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE and returns the number of Unicode
- characters that printed to ConOut. If the length of the formatted Unicode
- string is greater than PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize, then only the first
+ This function prints a formatted Unicode string to the console output device
+ specified by ConOut in EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE and returns the number of Unicode
+ characters that printed to ConOut. If the length of the formatted Unicode
+ string is greater than PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize, then only the first
PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize characters are sent to ConOut.
If Format is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Format is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If gST->ConOut is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Format A null-terminated Unicode format string.
- @param ... The variable argument list whose contents are accessed based
+ @param ... The variable argument list whose contents are accessed based
on the format string specified by Format.
-
+
@return Number of Unicode characters printed to ConOut.
**/
@@ -1098,23 +1098,23 @@ Print ( ...
);
-/**
- Prints a formatted Unicode string to the console output device specified by
+/**
+ Prints a formatted Unicode string to the console output device specified by
StdErr defined in the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE.
- This function prints a formatted Unicode string to the console output device
- specified by StdErr in EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE and returns the number of Unicode
- characters that printed to StdErr. If the length of the formatted Unicode
- string is greater than PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize, then only the first
+ This function prints a formatted Unicode string to the console output device
+ specified by StdErr in EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE and returns the number of Unicode
+ characters that printed to StdErr. If the length of the formatted Unicode
+ string is greater than PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize, then only the first
PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize characters are sent to StdErr.
If Format is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Format is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If gST->StdErr is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Format A null-terminated Unicode format string.
- @param ... The variable argument list whose contents are accessed based
+ @param ... The variable argument list whose contents are accessed based
on the format string specified by Format.
-
+
@return Number of Unicode characters printed to StdErr.
**/
@@ -1125,22 +1125,22 @@ ErrorPrint ( ...
);
-/**
- Prints a formatted ASCII string to the console output device specified by
+/**
+ Prints a formatted ASCII string to the console output device specified by
ConOut defined in the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE.
- This function prints a formatted ASCII string to the console output device
- specified by ConOut in EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE and returns the number of ASCII
- characters that printed to ConOut. If the length of the formatted ASCII
- string is greater than PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize, then only the first
+ This function prints a formatted ASCII string to the console output device
+ specified by ConOut in EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE and returns the number of ASCII
+ characters that printed to ConOut. If the length of the formatted ASCII
+ string is greater than PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize, then only the first
PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize characters are sent to ConOut.
If Format is NULL, then ASSERT().
If gST->ConOut is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Format A null-terminated ASCII format string.
- @param ... The variable argument list whose contents are accessed based
+ @param ... The variable argument list whose contents are accessed based
on the format string specified by Format.
-
+
@return Number of ASCII characters printed to ConOut.
**/
@@ -1151,22 +1151,22 @@ AsciiPrint ( ...
);
-/**
- Prints a formatted ASCII string to the console output device specified by
+/**
+ Prints a formatted ASCII string to the console output device specified by
StdErr defined in the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE.
- This function prints a formatted ASCII string to the console output device
- specified by StdErr in EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE and returns the number of ASCII
- characters that printed to StdErr. If the length of the formatted ASCII
- string is greater than PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize, then only the first
+ This function prints a formatted ASCII string to the console output device
+ specified by StdErr in EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE and returns the number of ASCII
+ characters that printed to StdErr. If the length of the formatted ASCII
+ string is greater than PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize, then only the first
PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize characters are sent to StdErr.
If Format is NULL, then ASSERT().
If gST->StdErr is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Format A null-terminated ASCII format string.
- @param ... The variable argument list whose contents are accessed based
+ @param ... The variable argument list whose contents are accessed based
on the format string specified by Format.
-
+
@return Number of ASCII characters printed to ConErr.
**/
@@ -1179,22 +1179,22 @@ AsciiErrorPrint ( /**
- Prints a formatted Unicode string to a graphics console device specified by
+ Prints a formatted Unicode string to a graphics console device specified by
ConsoleOutputHandle defined in the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE at the given (X,Y) coordinates.
- This function prints a formatted Unicode string to the graphics console device
- specified by ConsoleOutputHandle in EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE and returns the number of
- Unicode characters displayed, not including partial characters that may be clipped
+ This function prints a formatted Unicode string to the graphics console device
+ specified by ConsoleOutputHandle in EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE and returns the number of
+ Unicode characters displayed, not including partial characters that may be clipped
by the right edge of the display. If the length of the formatted Unicode string is
- greater than PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize, then at most the first
+ greater than PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize, then at most the first
PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize characters are printed. The EFI_HII_FONT_PROTOCOL
- is used to convert the string to a bitmap using the glyphs registered with the
+ is used to convert the string to a bitmap using the glyphs registered with the
HII database. No wrapping is performed, so any portions of the string the fall
outside the active display region will not be displayed.
- If a graphics console device is not associated with the ConsoleOutputHandle
+ If a graphics console device is not associated with the ConsoleOutputHandle
defined in the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE then no string is printed, and 0 is returned.
- If the EFI_HII_FONT_PROTOCOL is not present in the handle database, then no
+ If the EFI_HII_FONT_PROTOCOL is not present in the handle database, then no
string is printed, and 0 is returned.
If Format is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Format is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@@ -1207,13 +1207,13 @@ AsciiErrorPrint ( then the foreground color of the current ConOut device
in the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE is used.
@param BackGround The background color of the string being printed. This is
- an optional parameter that may be NULL. If it is NULL,
+ an optional parameter that may be NULL. If it is NULL,
then the background color of the current ConOut device
in the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE is used.
- @param Format A null-terminated Unicode format string. See Print Library
+ @param Format A null-terminated Unicode format string. See Print Library
for the supported format string syntax.
- @param ... Variable argument list whose contents are accessed based on
- the format string specified by Format.
+ @param ... Variable argument list whose contents are accessed based on
+ the format string specified by Format.
@return The number of Unicode characters printed.
@@ -1230,22 +1230,22 @@ PrintXY ( );
/**
- Prints a formatted ASCII string to a graphics console device specified by
+ Prints a formatted ASCII string to a graphics console device specified by
ConsoleOutputHandle defined in the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE at the given (X,Y) coordinates.
- This function prints a formatted ASCII string to the graphics console device
- specified by ConsoleOutputHandle in EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE and returns the number of
- ASCII characters displayed, not including partial characters that may be clipped
+ This function prints a formatted ASCII string to the graphics console device
+ specified by ConsoleOutputHandle in EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE and returns the number of
+ ASCII characters displayed, not including partial characters that may be clipped
by the right edge of the display. If the length of the formatted ASCII string is
- greater than PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize, then at most the first
+ greater than PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize, then at most the first
PcdUefiLibMaxPrintBufferSize characters are printed. The EFI_HII_FONT_PROTOCOL
- is used to convert the string to a bitmap using the glyphs registered with the
+ is used to convert the string to a bitmap using the glyphs registered with the
HII database. No wrapping is performed, so any portions of the string the fall
outside the active display region will not be displayed.
- If a graphics console device is not associated with the ConsoleOutputHandle
+ If a graphics console device is not associated with the ConsoleOutputHandle
defined in the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE then no string is printed, and 0 is returned.
- If the EFI_HII_FONT_PROTOCOL is not present in the handle database, then no
+ If the EFI_HII_FONT_PROTOCOL is not present in the handle database, then no
string is printed, and 0 is returned.
If Format is NULL, then ASSERT().
If gST->ConsoleOutputHandle is NULL, then ASSERT().
@@ -1257,13 +1257,13 @@ PrintXY ( then the foreground color of the current ConOut device
in the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE is used.
@param BackGround The background color of the string being printed. This is
- an optional parameter that may be NULL. If it is NULL,
+ an optional parameter that may be NULL. If it is NULL,
then the background color of the current ConOut device
in the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE is used.
- @param Format A null-terminated ASCII format string. See Print Library
+ @param Format A null-terminated ASCII format string. See Print Library
for the supported format string syntax.
- @param ... The variable argument list whose contents are accessed based on
- the format string specified by Format.
+ @param ... The variable argument list whose contents are accessed based on
+ the format string specified by Format.
@return The number of ASCII characters printed.
@@ -1281,13 +1281,13 @@ AsciiPrintXY ( /**
Installs and completes the initialization of a Driver Binding Protocol instance.
-
+
Installs the Driver Binding Protocol specified by DriverBinding onto the handle
specified by DriverBindingHandle. If DriverBindingHandle is NULL, then DriverBinding
is installed onto a newly created handle. DriverBindingHandle is typically the same
as the driver's ImageHandle, but it can be different if the driver produces multiple
- Driver Binding Protocols.
- If DriverBinding is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ Driver Binding Protocols.
+ If DriverBinding is NULL, then ASSERT().
If DriverBinding can not be installed onto a handle, then ASSERT().
@param ImageHandle The image handle of the driver.
@@ -1320,10 +1320,10 @@ EfiLibInstallDriverBinding ( Protocols onto the driver's DriverBindingHandle. If DriverBindingHandle is NULL,
then the protocols are installed onto a newly created handle. DriverBindingHandle
is typically the same as the driver's ImageHandle, but it can be different if the
- driver produces multiple Driver Binding Protocols.
- If DriverBinding is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ driver produces multiple Driver Binding Protocols.
+ If DriverBinding is NULL, then ASSERT().
If the installation fails, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param ImageHandle The image handle of the driver.
@param SystemTable The EFI System Table that was passed to the driver's entry point.
@param DriverBinding A Driver Binding Protocol instance that this driver is producing.
@@ -1358,8 +1358,8 @@ EfiLibInstallAllDriverProtocols ( optional Component Name and optional Component Name 2 protocols onto the driver's
DriverBindingHandle. If DriverBindingHandle is NULL, then the protocols are installed
onto a newly created handle. DriverBindingHandle is typically the same as the driver's
- ImageHandle, but it can be different if the driver produces multiple Driver Binding Protocols.
- If DriverBinding is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ ImageHandle, but it can be different if the driver produces multiple Driver Binding Protocols.
+ If DriverBinding is NULL, then ASSERT().
If the installation fails, then ASSERT().
@param ImageHandle The image handle of the driver.
@@ -1394,8 +1394,8 @@ EfiLibInstallDriverBindingComponentName2 ( Component Name, optional Component Name 2, optional Driver Configuration, optional Driver Configuration 2,
optional Driver Diagnostic, and optional Driver Diagnostic 2 Protocols onto the driver's DriverBindingHandle.
DriverBindingHandle is typically the same as the driver's ImageHandle, but it can be different if the driver
- produces multiple Driver Binding Protocols.
- If DriverBinding is NULL, then ASSERT().
+ produces multiple Driver Binding Protocols.
+ If DriverBinding is NULL, then ASSERT().
If the installation fails, then ASSERT().
@@ -1430,25 +1430,25 @@ EfiLibInstallAllDriverProtocols2 ( IN CONST EFI_DRIVER_DIAGNOSTICS2_PROTOCOL *DriverDiagnostics2 OPTIONAL
);
-/**
+/**
Appends a formatted Unicode string to a Null-terminated Unicode string
-
- This function appends a formatted Unicode string to the Null-terminated
+
+ This function appends a formatted Unicode string to the Null-terminated
Unicode string specified by String. String is optional and may be NULL.
- Storage for the formatted Unicode string returned is allocated using
+ Storage for the formatted Unicode string returned is allocated using
AllocatePool(). The pointer to the appended string is returned. The caller
is responsible for freeing the returned string.
-
+
If String is not NULL and not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If FormatString is NULL, then ASSERT().
If FormatString is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param[in] String A Null-terminated Unicode string.
@param[in] FormatString A Null-terminated Unicode format string.
@param[in] Marker VA_LIST marker for the variable argument list.
@retval NULL There was not enough available memory.
- @return Null-terminated Unicode string is that is the formatted
+ @return Null-terminated Unicode string is that is the formatted
string appended to String.
**/
CHAR16*
@@ -1459,27 +1459,27 @@ CatVSPrint ( IN VA_LIST Marker
);
-/**
+/**
Appends a formatted Unicode string to a Null-terminated Unicode string
-
- This function appends a formatted Unicode string to the Null-terminated
+
+ This function appends a formatted Unicode string to the Null-terminated
Unicode string specified by String. String is optional and may be NULL.
- Storage for the formatted Unicode string returned is allocated using
+ Storage for the formatted Unicode string returned is allocated using
AllocatePool(). The pointer to the appended string is returned. The caller
is responsible for freeing the returned string.
-
+
If String is not NULL and not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If FormatString is NULL, then ASSERT().
If FormatString is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
-
+
@param[in] String A Null-terminated Unicode string.
@param[in] FormatString A Null-terminated Unicode format string.
- @param[in] ... The variable argument list whose contents are
- accessed based on the format string specified by
+ @param[in] ... The variable argument list whose contents are
+ accessed based on the format string specified by
FormatString.
@retval NULL There was not enough available memory.
- @return Null-terminated Unicode string is that is the formatted
+ @return Null-terminated Unicode string is that is the formatted
string appended to String.
**/
CHAR16 *
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiRuntimeLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiRuntimeLib.h index 0bca416a4b..888410921b 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiRuntimeLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiRuntimeLib.h @@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ Provides library functions for each of the UEFI Runtime Services.
Only available to DXE and UEFI module types.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
-the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
+the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ EfiAtRuntime ( );
/**
- This function allows the caller to determine if UEFI SetVirtualAddressMap() has been called.
+ This function allows the caller to determine if UEFI SetVirtualAddressMap() has been called.
This function returns TRUE after all the EVT_SIGNAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_CHANGE functions have
executed as a result of the OS calling SetVirtualAddressMap(). Prior to this time FALSE
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ EfiResetSystem ( );
/**
- This service is a wrapper for the UEFI Runtime Service ConvertPointer().
+ This service is a wrapper for the UEFI Runtime Service ConvertPointer().
The ConvertPointer() function is used by an EFI component during the SetVirtualAddressMap() operation.
ConvertPointer()must be called using physical address pointers during the execution of SetVirtualAddressMap().
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ EfiConvertPointer ( Determines the new virtual address that is to be used on subsequent memory accesses.
For IA32, x64, and EBC, this service is a wrapper for the UEFI Runtime Service
- ConvertPointer(). See the UEFI Specification for details.
+ ConvertPointer(). See the UEFI Specification for details.
For IPF, this function interprets Address as a pointer to an EFI_PLABEL structure
and both the EntryPoint and GP fields of an EFI_PLABEL are converted from physical
to virtiual addressing. Since IPF allows the GP to point to an address outside
diff --git a/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiScsiLib.h b/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiScsiLib.h index 067acfdb43..dbb248972b 100644 --- a/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiScsiLib.h +++ b/MdePkg/Include/Library/UefiScsiLib.h @@ -5,14 +5,14 @@ for hard drive, CD and DVD devices that are the most common SCSI boot targets used by UEFI platforms.
This library class depends on SCSI I/O Protocol defined in UEFI Specification and SCSI-2 industry standard.
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
+Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+This program and the accompanying materials
+are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
+which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
+http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
+THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. optional and may be NULL.
@param[in, out] SenseDataLength On input, a pointer to the length in bytes of
the SenseData buffer. On output, a pointer to
- the number of bytes written to the SenseData buffer.
+ the number of bytes written to the SenseData buffer.
@param[out] HostAdapterStatus The status of the SCSI Host Controller that produces
the SCSI bus containing the SCSI target specified by
ScsiIo when the SCSI Request Packet was executed.
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. by ScsiIo when the SCSI Request Packet was executed
on the SCSI Host Controller. See the EFI SCSI I/O
Protocol in the UEFI Specification for details on
- the possible return values.
+ the possible return values.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The command was executed successfully.
See HostAdapterStatus, TargetStatus, SenseDataLength,
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ScsiTestUnitReadyCommand ( If SenseDataLength is 0, then this parameter
is optional and may be NULL.
@param[in, out] SenseDataLength On input, the length in bytes of the SenseData buffer.
- On output, the number of bytes written to the SenseData buffer.
+ On output, the number of bytes written to the SenseData buffer.
@param[out] HostAdapterStatus The status of the SCSI Host Controller that
produces the SCSI bus containing the SCSI
target specified by ScsiIo when the SCSI
@@ -147,12 +147,12 @@ ScsiTestUnitReadyCommand ( executed on the SCSI Host Controller.
See the EFI SCSI I/O Protocol in the UEFI
Specification for details on the possible
- return values.
+ return values.
@param[in, out] InquiryDataBuffer A pointer to inquiry data that was generated
by the execution of the SCSI Request Packet.
This buffer must be allocated by the caller.
If InquiryDataLength is 0, then this parameter
- is optional and may be NULL.
+ is optional and may be NULL.
@param[in, out] InquiryDataLength On input, a pointer to the length in bytes
of the InquiryDataBuffer buffer.
On output, a pointer to the number of bytes
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ScsiTestUnitReadyCommand ( @param[in] EnableVitalProductData If TRUE, then the supported vital product
data is returned in InquiryDataBuffer.
If FALSE, then the standard inquiry data is
- returned in InquiryDataBuffer.
+ returned in InquiryDataBuffer.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The command was executed successfully. See HostAdapterStatus,
TargetStatus, SenseDataLength, and SenseData in that order
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ ScsiInquiryCommand ( If SenseDataLength is 0, then this parameter
is optional and may be NULL.
@param[in, out] SenseDataLength On input, the length in bytes of the SenseData buffer.
- On output, the number of bytes written to the SenseData buffer.
+ On output, the number of bytes written to the SenseData buffer.
@param[out] HostAdapterStatus The status of the SCSI Host Controller that
produces the SCSI bus containing the SCSI
target specified by ScsiIo when the SCSI
@@ -249,12 +249,12 @@ ScsiInquiryCommand ( executed on the SCSI Host Controller.
See the EFI SCSI I/O Protocol in the UEFI
Specification for details on the possible
- return values.
+ return values.
@param[in, out] InquiryDataBuffer A pointer to inquiry data that was generated
by the execution of the SCSI Request Packet.
This buffer must be allocated by the caller.
If InquiryDataLength is 0, then this parameter
- is optional and may be NULL.
+ is optional and may be NULL.
@param[in, out] InquiryDataLength On input, a pointer to the length in bytes
of the InquiryDataBuffer buffer.
On output, a pointer to the number of bytes
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ ScsiInquiryCommandEx ( If SenseDataLength is 0, then this parameter
is optional and may be NULL.
@param[in, out] SenseDataLength On input, the length in bytes of the SenseData buffer.
- On output, the number of bytes written to the SenseData buffer.
+ On output, the number of bytes written to the SenseData buffer.
@param[out] HostAdapterStatus The status of the SCSI Host Controller that
produces the SCSI bus containing the SCSI target
specified by ScsiIo when the SCSI Request Packet
@@ -360,14 +360,14 @@ ScsiInquiryCommandEx ( execution of the SCSI Request Packet. This
buffer must be allocated by the caller. If
DataLength is 0, then this parameter is optional
- and may be NULL.
+ and may be NULL.
@param[in, out] DataLength On input, a pointer to the length in bytes of
the DataBuffer buffer. On output, a pointer
to the number of bytes written to the DataBuffer
- buffer.
+ buffer.
@param[in] DBDField Specifies the DBD field of the CDB for this SCSI Command.
- @param[in] PageControl Specifies the PC field of the CDB for this SCSI Command.
- @param[in] PageCode Specifies the Page Control field of the CDB for this SCSI Command.
+ @param[in] PageControl Specifies the PC field of the CDB for this SCSI Command.
+ @param[in] PageCode Specifies the Page Control field of the CDB for this SCSI Command.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The command was executed successfully.
See HostAdapterStatus, TargetStatus, SenseDataLength,
|